WO2023109743A1 - Data transmission method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Data transmission method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023109743A1
WO2023109743A1 PCT/CN2022/138341 CN2022138341W WO2023109743A1 WO 2023109743 A1 WO2023109743 A1 WO 2023109743A1 CN 2022138341 W CN2022138341 W CN 2022138341W WO 2023109743 A1 WO2023109743 A1 WO 2023109743A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
data
frame
pdb
header
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/138341
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张彦清
窦凤辉
李雪茹
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202210146439.XA external-priority patent/CN116321475A/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023109743A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023109743A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication, and more particularly, to a method and a communication device for transmitting data.
  • the sending end device will determine a corresponding quality of service (quality of service, QoS) flow for the data flow, and all data in the data flow will be transmitted in this QoS flow.
  • the sending end device will schedule the data carried in the QoS flow according to the corresponding packet delay budget (packet delay budget, PDB) of each QoS flow.
  • PDB packet delay budget
  • the sending end device uses the same PDB for scheduling each data carried in the QoS flow.
  • the size of the data in the data stream is not uniform. For example, the size of the intra-coded (intra-coded) frame of the extended reality (XR) service is much larger than the size of the inter-frame coded (predicted frame) frame. Larger data and smaller data use the same PDB. Larger data has higher requirements on the transmission rate of the air interface, which will lead to greater transmission pressure on the air interface.
  • the present application provides a data transmission method and a communication device, which help to reduce the pressure of air interface transmission.
  • a method for transmitting data is provided.
  • the method may be executed by a first device, or may be executed by a module or unit in the first device.
  • the method is collectively referred to as the first device hereinafter.
  • the first device is an access network device
  • the second device is a terminal.
  • the method includes: the access network device acquires first information, the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data; the access network device obtains the second Information, the second information is used to indicate the expected packet delay budget PDB, the PDB is the first data from the user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element corresponding to the access network device to the terminal
  • the time upper bound of the transmission delay (it can also be replaced by the PDB being the upper bound of the possible delay of the first data from the UPF corresponding to the access network device to the N6 termination point of the terminal);
  • the access The network device determines an actual PDB according to the first information and the second information; the access network device sends the first data according to the actual PDB.
  • the expected generation time of the first data may be determined based on the first period and/or the data number of the first data.
  • the first period is a generation period or a sending period of data of the service to which the first data belongs.
  • the data number of the first data may be a frame number corresponding to the first data.
  • the encoding time of the XR frame can be considered to be 0ms, 16.67ms, 33.3ms, 50ms, etc., assuming that the first data is encoded and sent in the third frame, then the expected generation time of the first data is 33.3ms.
  • the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data, and it can be understood that the first data is encoded in advance or the first data is encoded in advance. "The first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data" may also be replaced with "the first information is used to indicate that the actual PDB of the first data is greater than the Desired PDB for the first data".
  • PDB is the upper bound of the transmission delay time of the first data from the UPF corresponding to the access network device to the terminal, or it may be replaced by, PDB is the time limit of the first data from the UPF corresponding to the access network device to the terminal An upper bound on the time that an N6 endpoint may be delayed.
  • the desired PDB may be configured by the core network device, or determined based on configuration information from the core network device, for example, the PDB configured by the core network device for each QoS flow.
  • the actual PDB can be understood as a PDB that can be used to transmit the first data.
  • the access network device may adjust the actual PDB of the first data, for example, the expected PDB Based on the extension, a more suitable PDB can be used to transmit the first data, which helps to reduce the pressure of air interface transmission.
  • the first information includes a time advance, and the time advance is a time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time; the access The network device determining the actual PDB according to the first information and the second information includes: the access network device determining the actual PDB according to the timing advance and the expected PDB.
  • the actual PDB may be the sum of the desired PDB and the timing advance.
  • the actual PDB may be the sum of the expected PDB and the first duration, and the first duration is any duration that is less than the timing advance and is not zero.
  • time advance is the time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time, and may be replaced by the time advance being the difference between the actual PDB of the first data and the expected PDB of the first data.
  • the first information directly carries the timing advance, so that the access network device does not need to calculate the timing advance, which can simplify the processing of the access network device.
  • the first information includes a first cycle, and the first cycle is a data generation cycle or a sending cycle of the service to which the first data belongs;
  • the network access device determining the actual PDB according to the first information and the second information includes: the access network device determining the actual PDB according to the first period and the expected PDB.
  • the access network device may determine the expected time when the first data arrives at the access network device according to the first cycle, and the access network device further determines the time according to the obtained expected time and the actual time when the first data arrives at the access network device
  • the advance amount, the timing advance amount is the difference between the expected time and the actual time
  • the access network device further determines the actual PDB according to the obtained timing advance amount and the expected PDB.
  • the first period may also be a period when the data of the service to which the first data belongs arrives at the access network device.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the access network device, a header corresponding to the first data, where the header includes the first information;
  • the acquiring the first information by the access network device includes: acquiring the first information by the access network device through the packet header.
  • the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the packet header is a packet header that can be recognized by the access network equipment.
  • the first information is carried in a packet header corresponding to the first data. That is to say, the first information for determining the actual PDB of the first data arrives at the access network device together with the first data. In this way, the actual PDB of the transmission data can still be adjusted in the case that the data to be coded ahead of time does not appear periodically.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the access network device, a header corresponding to the second data, where the header includes the first information;
  • the obtaining of the first information by the access network device includes: obtaining the first information by the access network device through the packet header; wherein, the moment when the access network device receives the second data is earlier than the The moment when the access network device receives the first data.
  • the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data.
  • the packet header is a packet header that can be recognized by the access network equipment.
  • the packet header corresponding to the first data may not carry the first information.
  • the first information is carried in the header corresponding to the data of the service to which the first data belongs before the first data, which helps to reduce the delay of parsing the header corresponding to the first data, thereby reducing the transmission delay of the first data.
  • the header includes a general packet radio service tunneling protocol user plane (general packet radio service tunneling protocol user plane, GTP-U) header, so The first information is carried in the GTP-U packet header.
  • GTP-U general packet radio service tunneling protocol user plane
  • the access network device obtaining the first information includes: the access network device passing a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU)
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • the first information is acquired by control plane signaling during session establishment or control plane signaling during PDU session modification.
  • control plane signaling is an N2PDU session request message or an N2 message.
  • the expected PDB is determined based on configuration information from a core network device.
  • the method further includes: the access network device acquiring third information; the access network device determining according to the third information The first data; wherein, the third information includes at least one of the following information: image group (group of pictures, GOP) information, fourth information, or fifth information; the GOP information is used to indicate the The generation cycle or sending cycle of the first data; the fourth information is used to indicate the data type of the service to which the first data belongs; the fifth information is used to indicate that the first data is encoded in advance of the third data , the third data is N adjacent data whose generation time or sending time is earlier than the first data when the first data satisfies the first cycle, and the first cycle is the first data A generation cycle or a sending cycle of the data of the service to which it belongs, where the N is a non-negative integer; or, the fifth information is used to indicate the value of the N.
  • the third information includes at least one of the following information: image group (group of pictures, GOP) information, fourth information, or fifth information
  • the GOP information is used to indicate the The generation cycle or
  • the GOP information includes a numerical value, which means that every number of data of the numerical value includes one first data, or the numerical value is used to indicate that the first data is generated for every data of the numerical value.
  • the first data may be the first data of the numerical amount of data.
  • the third data is N adjacent data whose generation time or sending time is earlier than the first data when the first data satisfies the first period. It can be understood that the third data satisfies: when the first data is not encoded in advance The generation time or transmission time is earlier than the first data, and when the first data is encoded in advance, the generation time or transmission time is later than the first data. For example, taking the I frame of the XR service as the first data as an example, the I frame in the first GOP is coded ahead of the N P frames in the second GOP, and the second GOP is earlier than the first GOP and has the same Adjacent GOPs, N P frames are the third data.
  • the access network device determines that the currently received data has been encoded in advance according to the GOP information, and adjusts the actual PDB.
  • the first data is an I frame, that is, the access network device only needs to adjust the actual PDB for the I frame.
  • the access network device determines that the currently received data is an I frame through the GOP information, so as to perform Adjustments to the actual transport PDB.
  • the access network device determines the type of the currently received data according to the fourth information, thereby judging that the data has been encoded in advance, and adjusts the actual PDB.
  • the first data is an I frame, that is, the access network device only needs to adjust the actual PDB for the I frame.
  • the access network device determines whether the currently received data is an I frame through the fourth information. In this way, the adjustment of the actual transmission PDB is performed.
  • the access network device When the coding advance of the first data is greater than the first period, the access network device cannot accurately determine the arrival time of the first data only based on the GOP information. At this time, the access network device may determine, according to the fifth information, that the currently received data is encoded ahead of the third data, and adjust the actual PDB. Taking the XR video service as an example, the first data is an I frame, and the I frame is coded 2 frames earlier. At this time, the access network device determines that the I frame will arrive 2 frames earlier through the fifth information, so as to determine the currently received Whether the data is an I frame, so as to adjust the actual transmission PDB.
  • the access network device needs to determine the data to be coded in advance.
  • the access network device determines the data to be coded in advance according to the third information.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the access network device, a header corresponding to the first data, where the header includes the third information;
  • the acquiring the third information by the access network device includes: acquiring the third information by the access network device through the packet header.
  • the third information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the packet header is a packet header recognizable by the access network equipment.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the access network device, a header corresponding to the second data, where the header includes the third information;
  • the obtaining of the third information by the access network device includes: obtaining the third information by the access network device through the packet header; wherein, the moment when the access network device receives the second data is earlier than the time when the second data is received by the access network device The moment when the access network device receives the first data.
  • the third information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data before the first data.
  • the packet header is a packet header that can be recognized by the access network equipment.
  • the header includes a GTP-U header
  • the third information is carried in the GTP-U header.
  • the access network device acquires the third information, including: the access network device obtains the third information through the control plane signaling during the PDU session establishment process. Or the control plane signaling during the PDU session modification process acquires the third information.
  • control plane signaling is an N2PDU session request message or an N2 message.
  • the method further includes: the access network device acquiring sixth information, where the sixth information is used to indicate that the access network The device detects the first information, or the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding is performed or the server enables the advance encoding function.
  • the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information
  • the method further includes: the receiving The network access device receives a packet header corresponding to the second data, the packet header includes the sixth information; the access network device obtaining the sixth information includes: the access network device obtaining the sixth information through the packet header ; Wherein, the time when the access network device receives the second data is earlier than the time when the access network device receives the first data.
  • the sixth information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data before the first data.
  • the packet header is a packet header recognizable by the access network equipment.
  • the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding has been performed or the server has enabled the advance encoding function
  • the method further includes: the accessing The network device receives the corresponding packet header of the first data, the packet header includes the sixth information; the access network device obtaining the sixth information includes: the access network device obtaining the sixth information through the packet header Six information.
  • the sixth information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the packet header is a packet header recognizable by the access network equipment.
  • the header includes a GTP-U header
  • the sixth information is carried in the GTP-U header.
  • the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, and the access network device obtains the sixth The information includes: the access network device acquires the sixth information through control plane signaling during the PDU session establishment process or control plane signaling during the PDU session modification process.
  • control plane signaling is an N2PDU session request message or an N2 message.
  • a method for transmitting data is provided.
  • the method may be executed by a UPF, or may be executed by modules or units in the UPF.
  • UPF For convenience of description, it is collectively referred to as UPF hereinafter.
  • the method includes: the UPF receives first data and first information, the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data; the UPF sends the The first data and the first information.
  • the expected generation time of the first data may be determined based on the first period and/or the data number of the first data.
  • the first period is a generation period or a sending period of data of the service to which the first data belongs.
  • the data number of the first data may be a frame number corresponding to the first data.
  • the encoding time of the XR frame can be considered as 0ms, 16.67ms, 33.3ms, 50ms, etc., assuming that the first data is encoded and sent in the third frame, then the expected generation time of the first data is 33.3ms.
  • the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data, and it can be understood that the first data is encoded in advance or the first data is encoded in advance.
  • the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data
  • the PDB is the upper bound of the delay time of the transmission of the first data from the UPF to the terminal, or it may be replaced by the upper bound of the possible delay time of the first data from the UPF to the N6 termination point of the terminal.
  • the desired PDB may be configured by the core network device, or determined based on configuration information from the core network device, for example, the PDB configured by the core network device for each QoS flow.
  • the actual PDB can be understood as a PDB that can be used to transmit the first data.
  • the UPF may transmit the first information indicating that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data, so that the access network device can adjust the time of the first data according to the first information.
  • the actual PDB for example, can be extended on the basis of the expected PDB, so that a more suitable PDB can be used to transmit the first data, which helps to reduce the pressure of air interface transmission.
  • the first information includes a time advance, where the time advance is a time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time.
  • the actual PDB may be the sum of the desired PDB and the timing advance.
  • the actual PDB may be the sum of the expected PDB and the first duration, and the first duration is any duration that is less than the timing advance and is not zero.
  • time advance is the time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time, and may be replaced by the time advance being the difference between the actual PDB of the first data and the expected PDB of the first data.
  • the first information includes a first period
  • the first period is a generation period or a sending period of data of a service to which the first data belongs.
  • the UPF sending the first information includes: the UPF sending the first information through a packet header corresponding to the first data .
  • the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the first information is carried in a packet header corresponding to the first data. That is to say, the first information for determining the actual PDB of the first data is sent together with the first data. In this way, the actual PDB of the transmission data can still be adjusted in the case that the data to be coded ahead of time does not appear periodically.
  • the UPF sending the first information includes: the UPF sending the first information through a packet header corresponding to the second data, so The time when the UPF receives the second data is earlier than the time when the UPF receives the first data.
  • the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data.
  • the packet header corresponding to the first data may not carry the first information.
  • the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data of the service to which the first data belongs before the first data, so that the packet header corresponding to the first data does not need to carry the first information, which helps to reduce the corresponding data of the first data.
  • the size of the packet header thereby reducing the pressure of air interface transmission.
  • the header includes a GTP-U header, and the first information is carried in the GTP-U header.
  • the UPF receiving the first information includes: the UPF receiving the application layer header of the first data, the first information carrying in the application layer header; the method further includes: the UPF obtaining the first information from the application layer header; the UPF encoding the first information into the GTP-U header.
  • the method further includes: the UPF receiving third information; the UPF sending the third information; wherein, the third The information includes at least one of the following information: GOP information, fourth information, or fifth information; the GOP information is used to indicate the generation cycle or sending cycle of the first data; the fourth information is used to indicate the The type of data of the business to which the first data belongs; the fifth information is used to indicate that the first data is encoded in advance of the third data, and the third data is generated when the first data meets the first cycle
  • the time or sending time is earlier than N adjacent data of the first data, the first cycle is the data generation cycle or sending cycle of the service to which the first data belongs, and the N is a non-negative integer; or , the fifth information is used to indicate the value of N.
  • the GOP information includes a numerical value, which means that every number of data of the numerical value includes one first data, or the numerical value is used to indicate that the first data is generated for every data of the numerical value.
  • the first data may be the first data of the numerical amount of data.
  • the third data is N adjacent data whose generation time or sending time is earlier than the first data when the first data satisfies the first period. It can be understood that the third data satisfies: when the first data is not encoded in advance The generation time or transmission time is earlier than the first data, and when the first data is encoded in advance, the generation time or transmission time is later than the first data. For example, taking the I frame of the XR service as the first data as an example, the I frame in the first GOP is coded ahead of the N P frames in the second GOP, and the second GOP is earlier than the first GOP and has the same Adjacent GOPs, N P frames are the third data.
  • the access network device needs to determine the data to be coded in advance.
  • the access network device can determine the data to be coded in advance according to the third information.
  • the UPF sending the third information includes: the UPF sending the third information through a packet header corresponding to the first data .
  • the third information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the UPF sending the third information includes: the UPF sending the third information through a packet header corresponding to the second data, so The time when the UPF receives the second data is earlier than the time when the UPF receives the first data.
  • the third information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data before the first data.
  • the header includes a GTP-U header
  • the third information is carried in the GTP-U header.
  • the method further includes: the UPF receiving sixth information; the UPF sending the sixth message; wherein, the sixth The information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, or the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding is performed or the server enables the advance encoding function.
  • the sixth information is used to instruct an access network device to detect the first information
  • the UPF sending the sixth information includes : The UPF sends the sixth information through a packet header corresponding to the second data, and the time when the UPF receives the second data is earlier than the time when the UPF receives the first data.
  • the sixth information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data before the first data.
  • the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding is performed or the server enables the advance encoding function, and the UPF sends the sixth information
  • the method includes: the UPF sending the sixth information through a corresponding packet header of the first data.
  • the sixth information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the packet header is a packet header that can be recognized by the access network equipment.
  • the header includes a GTP-U header
  • the sixth information is carried in the GTP-U header.
  • a method for transmitting data is provided.
  • the method may be executed by a server, or may be executed by a module or unit in the server.
  • the method is collectively referred to as a server hereinafter.
  • the method includes: the server determines first information, and the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data; and the server sends the first information.
  • the expected generation time of the first data may be determined based on the first period and/or the data number of the first data.
  • the first period is a generation period or a sending period of data of the service to which the first data belongs.
  • the data number of the first data may be a frame number corresponding to the first data.
  • the encoding time of the XR frame can be considered as 0ms, 16.67ms, 33.3ms, 50ms, etc., assuming that the first data is encoded and sent in the third frame, then the expected generation time of the first data is 33.3ms.
  • the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data, and it can be understood that the first data is encoded in advance or the first data is encoded in advance.
  • the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data
  • the PDB is the upper bound of the delay time of the transmission of the first data from the UPF to the terminal, or it may be replaced by the upper bound of the possible delay time of the first data from the UPF to the N6 termination point of the terminal.
  • the desired PDB may be configured by the core network device, or determined based on configuration information from the core network device, for example, the PDB configured by the core network device for each QoS flow.
  • the actual PDB can be understood as a PDB that can be used to transmit the first data.
  • the server may transmit the first information indicating that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data, so that the access network device can adjust the time of the first data according to the first information.
  • the actual PDB for example, can be extended on the basis of the expected PDB, so that a more suitable PDB can be used to transmit the first data, which helps to reduce the pressure of air interface transmission.
  • the first information includes a time advance, where the time advance is a time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time.
  • the actual PDB may be the sum of the desired PDB and the timing advance.
  • the actual PDB may be the sum of the expected PDB and the first duration, and the first duration is any duration that is less than the timing advance and is not zero.
  • time advance is the time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time, and may be replaced by the time advance being the difference between the actual PDB of the first data and the expected PDB of the first data.
  • the first information includes a first period, and the first period is a generation period or a sending period of data of a service to which the first data belongs.
  • the server sending the first information includes: the server sending the first information through a packet header corresponding to the first data .
  • the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the first information is carried in a packet header corresponding to the first data. That is to say, the first information for determining the actual PDB of the first data is sent together with the first data. In this way, the actual PDB of the transmission data can still be adjusted in the case that the data to be coded ahead of time does not appear periodically.
  • the server sending the first information includes: the server sending the first information through a packet header corresponding to the second data, so The time when the server sends the second data is earlier than the time when the server sends the first data.
  • the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data.
  • the packet header corresponding to the first data may not carry the first information.
  • the first information is carried in the header corresponding to the data of the service to which the first data belongs before the first data, which helps to reduce the delay of parsing the header corresponding to the first data, thereby reducing the transmission delay of the first data.
  • the header includes an application layer header, and the first information is carried in the application layer header.
  • the server sends the first information, including: the server sends the first information through control plane signaling during the PDU session establishment process or during the PDU session modification process. Send the first information through control plane signaling.
  • the method further includes: the server determining third information; the server sending the third information; wherein, the third The information includes at least one of the following information: GOP information, fourth information, or fifth information; the GOP information is used to indicate the generation cycle or sending cycle of the first data; the fourth information is used to indicate the The type of business data to which the first data belongs; the fifth information is used to indicate that the first data is encoded in advance of the third data, and the third data is the generation time when the first data satisfies the first period Or the sending time is earlier than N adjacent data of the first data, the first cycle is the data generation cycle or sending cycle of the service to which the first data belongs, and the N is a non-negative integer; or, The fifth information is used to indicate the value of N.
  • the third The information includes at least one of the following information: GOP information, fourth information, or fifth information
  • the GOP information is used to indicate the generation cycle or sending cycle of the first data
  • the fourth information is used to indicate the The type of business data to which the first data belongs
  • the fifth information
  • the GOP information includes a numerical value, which means that every number of data of the numerical value includes one first data, or the numerical value is used to indicate that the first data is generated for every data of the numerical value.
  • the first data may be the first data of the numerical amount of data.
  • the third data is N adjacent data whose generation time or sending time is earlier than the first data when the first data satisfies the first period. It can be understood that the third data satisfies: when the first data is not encoded in advance Before the first data, and after the first data when the first data is precoded. For example, taking the I frame of the XR service as the first data as an example, the I frame in the first GOP is coded ahead of the N P frames in the second GOP, and the second GOP is earlier than the first GOP and has the same Adjacent GOPs, N P frames are the third data.
  • the access network device needs to determine the data to be coded in advance.
  • the access network device can determine the data to be coded in advance according to the third information.
  • the server sending the third information includes: the server sending the third information through a packet header corresponding to the first data .
  • the third information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the server sending the third information includes: the server sending the third information through a header corresponding to the second data, so The time when the server receives the second data is earlier than the time when the server receives the first data.
  • the third information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data before the first data.
  • the header includes an application layer header, and the third information is carried in the application layer header.
  • the server sends the third information, including: the server modifies the PDU session through control plane signaling or PDU session establishment.
  • the control plane signaling in the process sends the third information.
  • the method further includes: the server determines sixth information; the server sends the sixth information, and the sixth information uses It is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, or the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding is performed or the server enables the advance encoding function.
  • the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, and the server sends the sixth information, including : the server sends the sixth information through a packet header corresponding to the second data, and the time when the server sends the second data is earlier than the time when the server sends the first data.
  • the sixth information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data before the first data.
  • the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding is performed or the server enables the advance encoding function, and the server sends the sixth information
  • the method includes: sending, by the server, the sixth information through a packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the sixth information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the header includes an application layer header, and the first information is carried in the application layer header.
  • the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, and the server sends the sixth information, including : the server sends the sixth information through control plane signaling during the establishment of the PDU session or control plane signaling during the modification of the PDU session.
  • a method for transmitting data is provided.
  • the method may be executed by a first device, or may be executed by a module or unit in the first device.
  • the method is collectively referred to as the first device hereinafter.
  • the first device is a first terminal
  • the second device is a second terminal.
  • the method includes: the first terminal acquires first information, the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data; the first terminal acquires second information, The second information is used to indicate an expected packet delay budget PDB, where the PDB is an upper bound of the transmission delay of the first data from the first terminal to the second terminal; the first terminal according to the The first information and the second information are used to determine an actual PDB; the first terminal sends the first data according to the actual PDB.
  • the expected generation time of the first data may be determined based on a first period and/or a data number of the first data, and the first period is a generation period or a sending period of data of the service to which the first data belongs.
  • the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data, and it can be understood that the first data is encoded in advance or the first data is encoded in advance.
  • the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data
  • the first terminal may adjust the actual PDB of the first data, for example, at the expected PDB Based on the extension, a more suitable PDB can be used to transmit the first data, which helps to reduce transmission pressure.
  • the first information includes a time advance, where the time advance is a time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time; the first The terminal determining the actual PDB according to the first information and the second information includes: the first terminal determining the actual PDB according to the timing advance and the expected PDB.
  • the actual PDB may be the sum of the desired PDB and the timing advance.
  • the actual PDB may be the sum of the expected PDB and the first duration, and the first duration is any duration that is less than the timing advance and is not zero.
  • time advance is the time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time, and may be replaced by the time advance being the difference between the actual PDB of the first data and the expected PDB of the first data.
  • the first information includes a first cycle, and the first cycle is a data generation cycle or a sending cycle of the service to which the first data belongs; the first A terminal determining an actual PDB according to the first information and the second information includes: the first terminal determining the actual PDB according to the first period and the expected PDB.
  • the first terminal may determine the expected time for sending the first data according to the first period, and further, the first terminal may determine a time advance according to the obtained expected time and the actual time for sending the first data, and the time advance is the expected time and the actual time for sending the first data. The actual time difference, and further, the first terminal determines the actual PDB according to the obtained time advance and the expected PDB.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal acquiring a header corresponding to the first data, where the header includes the first information;
  • the first terminal obtaining the first information includes: the first terminal obtaining the first information through the packet header.
  • the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the first information is carried in a packet header corresponding to the first data. That is to say, the first information used to determine the actual PDB of the first data is transmitted in the first terminal along with the first data. In this way, the actual PDB of the transmission data can still be adjusted in the case that the data to be coded ahead of time does not appear periodically.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal acquiring a header corresponding to the second data, where the header includes the first information;
  • the obtaining of the first information by the first terminal includes: obtaining the first information by the first terminal through the packet header; wherein, the time at which the first terminal obtains the second data is earlier than that of the first terminal The moment when the first data is acquired.
  • the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data.
  • the packet header corresponding to the first data may not carry the first information.
  • the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data of the service to which the first data belongs before the first data, so that the packet header corresponding to the first data does not need to carry the first information, which helps to reduce the corresponding data of the first data.
  • the size of the packet header thereby reducing the transmission pressure.
  • the expected PDB is determined based on configuration information from the core network device, or the expected PDB is determined by the first terminal based on The type of business is determined.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal acquiring third information; the first terminal determining the First data; wherein, the third information includes at least one of the following information: GOP information, fourth information, or fifth information; the GOP information is used to indicate the generation period or transmission period of the first data; The fourth information is used to indicate the data type of the service to which the first data belongs; the fifth information is used to indicate that the first data is encoded in advance of the third data, and the third data is encoded in the first data When a piece of data satisfies the first period, the generation time or transmission time is earlier than N adjacent data of the first data, and the first period is the generation period or transmission period of the data of the service to which the first data belongs , the N is a non-negative integer; or, the fifth information is used to indicate the value of N.
  • the third information includes at least one of the following information: GOP information, fourth information, or fifth information
  • the GOP information is used to indicate the generation period or transmission period of the first data
  • the fourth information is used to indicate the data type of the
  • the GOP information includes a numerical value, which means that every number of data of the numerical value includes one first data, or the numerical value is used to indicate that the first data is generated for every data of the numerical value.
  • the first data may be the first data of the numerical amount of data.
  • the third data is N adjacent data whose generation time or sending time is earlier than the first data when the first data satisfies the first period. It can be understood that the third data satisfies: when the first data is not encoded in advance The generation time or transmission time is earlier than the first data, and when the first data is encoded in advance, the generation time or transmission time is later than the first data. For example, taking the I frame of the XR service as the first data as an example, the I frame in the first GOP is coded ahead of the N P frames in the second GOP, and the second GOP is earlier than the first GOP and has the same Adjacent GOPs, N P frames are the third data.
  • the first terminal determines that the current data has been encoded in advance according to the GOP information, and adjusts the actual PDB.
  • the first data is an I frame, that is, the first terminal only needs to adjust the actual PDB for the I frame.
  • the first terminal determines that the current data is an I frame through the GOP information, so as to actually transmit the PDB Adjustment.
  • the first terminal determines the type of the current data according to the fourth information, thereby judging that the data has been encoded in advance, and adjusts the actual PDB.
  • the first data is an I frame, that is, the first terminal only needs to adjust the actual PDB for the I frame.
  • the first terminal determines whether the currently received data is an I frame through the fourth information, so as to perform Adjustments to the actual transport PDB.
  • the first terminal When the encoding advance of the first data is greater than the first cycle, the first terminal cannot accurately determine the sending time of the first data only according to the GOP information. At this time, the first terminal may determine, according to the fifth information, that the currently received data is encoded ahead of the third data, and adjust the actual PDB. Taking the XR video service as an example, the first data is an I frame, and the I frame is encoded 2 frames in advance. At this time, the first terminal determines through the fifth information that the I frame will be sent 2 frames in advance, so as to determine whether the current data is I frame, so as to adjust the actual transmission PDB.
  • the first terminal needs to determine the data to be coded in advance.
  • the first terminal determines the data to be coded in advance according to the third information.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal obtaining a packet header corresponding to the first data, where the packet header includes the third information ;
  • the acquiring the third information by the first terminal includes: acquiring the third information by the first terminal through the packet header.
  • the third information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal acquires a header corresponding to the second data, where the header includes the third information;
  • the obtaining of the third information by the first terminal includes: obtaining the third information by the first terminal through the packet header; wherein, the time at which the first terminal obtains the second data is earlier than that of the first terminal The moment when the first data is acquired.
  • the third information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data before the first data.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal acquiring sixth information, where the sixth information is used to instruct the first terminal to detect The first information or the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding is performed or the server enables the advance encoding function.
  • the sixth information is used to instruct the first terminal to detect the first information
  • the method further includes: the first The terminal obtains the packet header corresponding to the second data, the packet header includes the sixth information; the first terminal obtains the sixth information, including: the first terminal obtains the sixth information through the packet header; wherein, the The time when the first terminal sends the second data is earlier than the time when the first terminal sends the first data.
  • the sixth information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data before the first data.
  • the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding is performed or the server enables the advance encoding function
  • the method further includes: the first Obtaining, by the terminal, a header corresponding to the first data, where the header includes the sixth information; and obtaining the sixth information by the first terminal includes: obtaining, by the first terminal, the sixth information through the header.
  • the sixth information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the header is an application layer header.
  • a communication device is provided, and the device is configured to execute the method provided in any one of the above aspects or its implementation manner.
  • the apparatus may include a unit and/or module, such as a processing unit and/or a communication unit, for performing the method provided by any of the above aspects or its implementation manner.
  • the apparatus is an access network device, a UPF, a server, or a first terminal.
  • the communication unit may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface;
  • the processing unit may be at least one processor.
  • the transceiver is a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface is an input/output circuit.
  • the apparatus is a chip, a chip system, or a circuit applied to an access network device, a UPF, a server, or a first terminal.
  • the communication unit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuits, input circuits, pins or related circuits, etc.
  • the processing unit may be at least one processor, processing circuit, or logic circuit, etc.
  • a communication device which includes: a memory for storing programs; at least one processor for executing the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, so as to perform the functions provided by any of the above aspects or its implementation methods. method.
  • the apparatus is an access network device, a UPF, a server, or a first terminal.
  • the apparatus is a chip, a chip system, or a circuit applied to an access network device, a UPF, a server, or a first terminal.
  • a processor configured to execute the methods provided in the foregoing aspects.
  • the processor's output and reception, input and other operations can also be understood as the sending and receiving operations performed by the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, which is not limited in this application.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores program code for execution by a device, and the program code includes a method for executing any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
  • a computer program product containing instructions is provided, and when the computer program product is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the method provided by any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
  • a chip in a tenth aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor reads the instructions stored in the memory through the communication interface, and executes the method provided by any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
  • the chip further includes a memory, in which computer programs or instructions are stored, and the processor is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, and when the computer programs or instructions are executed, the processor is used to execute The method provided by any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
  • a communication system including the above-mentioned access network device and UPF.
  • the communication system further includes the server described above.
  • a communication system including the above-mentioned first terminal.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture to which the technical solution of the present application can be applied.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of GOP.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method 300 for transmitting data provided in this application.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of the transmission of the XR frame of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is another schematic diagram of the transmission of the XR frame of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is another schematic diagram of the transmission of the XR frame of the present application.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of the PDU session establishment process of the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of the PDU session modification process of the present application.
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of the device provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 10 is another structural schematic diagram of the device provided by the present application.
  • the technical solution provided by this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: the fifth generation ( 5th generation, 5G) or new radio (new radio, NR) system, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency A frequency division duplex (FDD) system, an LTE time division duplex (TDD) system, and the like.
  • the technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system.
  • the technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to device to device (device to device, D2D) communication, vehicle to everything (vehicle-to-everything, V2X) communication, machine to machine (machine to machine, M2M) communication, machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC), and the Internet of Things (internet of things, IoT) communication system or other communication systems.
  • D2D device to device
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • M2M machine to machine
  • MTC machine type communication
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture.
  • the network architecture takes a 5G system (the 5 th generation system, 5GS) as an example.
  • the network architecture may include three parts, namely a user equipment (user equipment, UE) part, a data network (data network, DN) part, and an operator network part.
  • the operator network may include one or more of the following network elements: (wireless) access network ((radio) access network, (R)AN) equipment, user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element, Authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF) network element, unified data repository (unified data repository, UDR) network element, access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) network element, SMF network element, network opening Function (network exposure function, NEF) network element, network repository function (network repository function, NRF) network element, policy control function module (policy control function, PCF) network element, unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element element and application function (application function, AF) network element.
  • wireless wireless access network
  • UPF user plane function
  • UPF user plane function
  • AUSF authentication server function
  • unified data repository unified data repository, UDR
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF network opening Function
  • NEF network exposure function
  • the part other than the RAN part may be referred to as the core network part.
  • user equipment, (wireless) access network equipment, UPF network element, AUSF network element, UDR network element, AMF network element, SMF network element, NEF network element, NRF network element, PCF network element, UDM Network elements and AF network elements are referred to as UE, (R)AN equipment, UPF, AUSF, UDR, AMF, SMF, NEF, NRF, PCF, UDM, and AF respectively.
  • Each network element involved in FIG. 1 is briefly described below.
  • the UE mainly accesses the 5G network through the wireless air interface and obtains services.
  • the UE interacts with the RAN through the air interface, and interacts with the AMF of the core network through non-access stratum signaling (non-access stratum, NAS).
  • non-access stratum non-access stratum
  • the UE in this embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a terminal device, user, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, User Agent or User Device.
  • a UE can be a cellular phone, a smart watch, a wireless data card, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA) computer, a wireless modem, a handheld device, a laptop computer, a machine type communication (MTC) ) terminals, computers with wireless transceiver functions, Internet of Things terminals, virtual reality terminal devices, augmented reality terminal devices, wearable devices, vehicles, terminals in device-to-device (D2D) communication, vehicles ( Terminals in vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, terminals in machine-type communication (MTC), terminals in Internet of Things (IOT), terminals in smart office, terminals in industrial control , terminals in unmanned driving, terminals in remote surgery, terminals in smart grids, terminals in transportation security, terminals in smart cities, terminals in smart homes, terminals in satellite communications (for example, satellite phones or satellite terminal).
  • the UE may also be customer-premises equipment (CPE), telephone, router, network switch, residential gateway (residential gateway
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form adopted by the UE.
  • the (R)AN device can provide authorized users in a specific area with the function of accessing the communication network. Specifically, it can include wireless network devices in the 3rd generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) network, and can also include non-3GPP (non- 3GPP) access point in the network.
  • 3rd generation partnership project 3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP
  • non-3GPP non- 3GPP
  • AN devices may use different wireless access technologies.
  • 3GPP access technologies for example, wireless access technologies used in third generation (3rd generation, 3G), fourth generation (4th generation, 4G) or 5G systems
  • non- 3GPP (non-3GPP) access technology refers to the access technology that complies with the 3GPP standard specifications.
  • the access network equipment in the 5G system is called the next generation Node Base station (gNB) or RAN equipment.
  • Non-3GPP access technologies may include air interface technology represented by access point (AP) in wireless fidelity (WiFi), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX), code Multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), etc.
  • the AN device may allow non-3GPP technology interconnection and intercommunication between the terminal device and the 3GPP core network.
  • the AN device can be responsible for functions such as wireless resource management, quality of service (QoS) management, data compression and encryption on the air interface side.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the AN equipment provides access services for the terminal equipment, and then completes the forwarding of control signals and user data between the terminal equipment and the core network.
  • AN equipment may include, but not limited to, for example: a macro base station, a micro base station (also called a small station), a radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), a node B (Node B, NB), a base station controller (base station controller) , BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), AP in WiFi system, WiMAX in (base station, BS), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point, TP) or sending and receiving point (transmission and reception point, TRP), etc., can also be used in 5G (eg, NR) system gNB or transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of the base station in the 5G system, or it can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or transmission point
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the AN device.
  • UPF mainly provides user plane functions such as forwarding and processing of user packets, connection with DN, session anchor point, and quality of service (quality of service, QoS) policy enforcement.
  • the UPF can receive user plane data from the DN, and send the user plane data to the terminal device through the AN device.
  • UPF can also receive user plane data from terminal equipment through AN equipment and forward it to DN.
  • the DN is mainly used in the operator's network that provides data services for the UE.
  • the Internet Internet
  • a third-party service network IP multimedia service (IP multi-media service, IMS) network
  • IP multimedia service IP multi-media service, IMS
  • An application server application server, AS
  • AS application server
  • AS may belong to a part of a DN network.
  • the application server may also be replaced by a server, which is collectively described as a server below.
  • AUSF is mainly used for user authentication and so on.
  • UDR mainly provides storage capabilities for contract data, policy data, and capability opening-related data.
  • AMF is mainly used for functions such as access control, mobility management, attachment and detachment.
  • SMF is mainly responsible for session management (such as session establishment, modification, release), Internet Protocol (internet protocol, IP) address allocation and management, UPF selection and control, etc.
  • NEF is mainly used to securely open services and capabilities provided by 3GPP network functions to the outside.
  • NRF is mainly used to store description information of network functional entities and the services they provide.
  • PCF is mainly used to guide a unified policy framework for network behavior, and provide policy rule information for control plane network elements (such as AMF, SMF, etc.).
  • UDM is mainly used for UE subscription data management, including storage and management of UE ID, UE access authorization, etc.
  • the AF is mainly used to provide services to the 3GPP network, such as interacting with the PCF for policy control.
  • various network elements can communicate through interfaces.
  • the interface between network elements may be a point-to-point interface or a service interface, which is not limited in this application.
  • network architecture shown above is only an example, and the network architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and any network architecture capable of realizing the functions of the foregoing network elements is applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the functions or network elements such as AMF, SMF, UPF, PCF, UDM, AUSF, UDR, NEF, NRF, and AF shown in FIG. 1 can be understood as network elements for implementing different functions. Need to be combined into network slices. These network elements can be independent devices, or can be integrated in the same device to achieve different functions, or can be network elements in hardware devices, or software functions running on dedicated hardware, or platforms (for example, cloud The virtualization function instantiated on the platform), this application does not limit the specific form of the above network elements.
  • XR mainly includes virtual and reality interactive technologies such as VR, AR and MR.
  • the encoder of the server During downlink transmission, the encoder of the server generates data content at a fixed frequency (for example, 60Hz or 120Hz, etc.), and transmits it to the XR terminal via the core network and RAN.
  • the XR terminal can collect and continuously upload images of the current scene to the server at a specific frequency (for example, 60Hz or 120Hz, etc.) through a built-in camera.
  • XR services In order to improve the experience of people interacting with the virtual world, XR services have strict requirements on bandwidth and delay.
  • each video sequence is divided into multiple GOP groups of the same size, and each GOP includes an intra-coded data frame and multiple inter-frame coded data frames.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of GOP.
  • the first sequential data frame of each GOP is recorded as an I frame, which can be encoded and decoded independently.
  • Subsequent data frames are recorded as P frames, which need to be encoded and decoded based on previously encoded I frames or P frames, so as to improve encoding and compression performance.
  • the size of the encoded I frame is much larger than that of the subsequently encoded P frame.
  • the I frame may also be called a large-size XR frame, key frame, key data, key image, etc.
  • the P frame may also be called a small-size XR frame, non-key frame, etc.
  • the GOP may also include frames other than I frames and P frames, for example, B frames and so on.
  • the data frame of the XR service is called an XR frame.
  • the XR frame may be a P frame, an I frame, or a B frame, which is not limited in this application.
  • each data needs to be transmitted within a certain time interval, that is, transmitted from the sending end of the data to the receiving end of the data.
  • the PDB can be the upper bound of the time delay of data transmission from the UPF to the terminal, or the upper bound of the possible delay time of data between the N6 termination points from the UPF to the terminal.
  • the time interval is generally called the air interface PDB.
  • the PDB can be the time upper bound of the transmission delay of data from the sending terminal to the receiving terminal.
  • the PDB may also use other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • the data whose transmission time exceeds the PDB can generally be considered as unable to be displayed on the terminal within the specified time, that is, the user cannot see it in real time. In other words, PDB timeout will cause user experience degradation.
  • each XR frame needs to be transmitted within 10ms. In this case, large-sized I frames have more stringent requirements on the air interface rate.
  • the server does not need to follow a fixed frequency when rendering and encoding I-frames. Specifically, by rendering and encoding in advance, the server can send the I frame to the RAN in advance, so the RAN can schedule the I frame in advance, thereby reducing the pressure of air interface transmission.
  • the difference between the server rendering and encoding I frame time and the rendering and encoding time without advance is the encoding advance.
  • the encoding advance is the advance of the encoding time of the I frame.
  • the encoding advance is the time difference between the actual generation time of the I frame and the expected generation time of the I frame, and the expected generation time of the I frame can be based on the data generation period or transmission period of the XR service and/or the data number is determined.
  • the encoding time of XR frames can be considered as 0ms, 16.67ms, 33.3ms, 50ms, etc.
  • the encoding moments of the XR frame at this time become 0ms, 16.67ms, 29.3ms, and 50ms.
  • the encoding lead of the third frame is 4ms.
  • an I frame is taken as an example to illustrate the encoding advance and the encoding advance amount, and it is not limited to the I frame in fact.
  • a P frame may also be coded in advance, and in this case, the description of the code in advance and the amount of coding advance is also applicable to the P frame.
  • the core network will assign a corresponding quality of service (QoS) flow to the data flow, and all data in the data flow will be transmitted in this QoS flow.
  • the RAN will schedule the data in the QoS flow according to the corresponding PDB of each QoS flow (for example, the PDB indicated in the 5G QoS identifier (5G QoS identifier, 5QI)).
  • the RAN encodes each data in the QoS flow with reference to the same PDB, so even if the server encodes some data in advance, the RAN will encode the data according to the PDB corresponding to the QOS flow carrying the data.
  • Scheduling the air interface transmission time of the data encoded in advance has not changed, in other words, the server's encoding of the data in advance does not help the RAN to schedule the data.
  • the present application provides a data transmission method and a communication device, which can realize the access network equipment to adjust the PDB of the transmission data, so that the access network equipment can use a more suitable PDB to transmit data, which helps to reduce the air interface Transmission pressure.
  • "for indicating” or “indicating” may include both for direct indicating and for indirect indicating, or “for indicating” or “indicating” may be explicitly and/or implicitly instruct.
  • “for indicating” or “indicating” may include both for direct indicating and for indirect indicating, or “for indicating” or “indicating” may be explicitly and/or implicitly instruct.
  • an implicit indication may be based on the location and/or resources used for transmission; an explicit indication may be based on one or more parameters, and/or one or more indices, and/or one or more bits it represents model.
  • the first, second, third, fourth and various numbers are only for convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, different fields, different indication information, etc. are distinguished.
  • pre-definition can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in devices (for example, including terminal devices and network devices).
  • preserving may refer to storing in one or more memories.
  • the one or more memories may be provided independently, or may be integrated in an encoder or decoder, a processor, or a communication device. A part of the one or more memories may also be set independently, and a part may be integrated in a decoder, processor, or communication device.
  • the type of the storage may be any form of storage medium, which is not limited in this application.
  • the "protocols" involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to standard protocols in the communication field, for example, may include LTE protocols, NR protocols, and related protocols applied in future communication systems, which are not limited in this application.
  • At least one means one or more, and “multiple” means two or more.
  • And/or describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the contextual objects are an “or” relationship.
  • At least one of the following” or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • At least one (one) of a, b and c may represent: a, or, b, or, c, or, a and b, or, a and c, or, b and c, or, a , b and c.
  • a, b and c can be single or multiple.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method 300 for transmitting data provided in this application.
  • Method 300 may include at least some of the following.
  • Step 310 the server determines first information.
  • the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data.
  • the expected generation time of the first data may be determined based on the first cycle and/or the data number of the first data, wherein.
  • the first period is a generation period or a sending period of data of the service to which the first data belongs.
  • the data number of the first data may be a frame number corresponding to the first data.
  • the encoding time of the XR frame can be considered as 0ms, 16.67ms, 33.3ms, 50ms, etc., assuming that the first data is encoded and sent in the third frame, then the expected generation time of the first data is 33.3ms.
  • the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data, it can be understood that the first data is encoded in advance or the first data is encoded in advance. "The first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data" can also be replaced with "the first information is used to indicate that the actual PDB of the first data is greater than the expected PDB of the first data ".
  • the first information includes a timing advance.
  • the timing advance is the time difference between the actual generation time of the first data and the expected generation time of the first data.
  • the first information includes a first period.
  • the first cycle is a data generation cycle or a sending cycle of the service to which the first data belongs.
  • data here refers to data load (payload).
  • data may also refer to a frame that transmits the data, so “data” may also be replaced with “data frame”.
  • data of the XR service may also be described as a data frame or an XR frame of the XR service.
  • Step 320 the server sends the first information to the UPF.
  • the UPF receives the first information from the server.
  • the server sends the first information through a packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the header corresponding to the first data is a header recognizable by the UPF.
  • the header corresponding to the first data may be a header encapsulated or encoded by the server for the first data.
  • the header corresponding to the first data here may be an application layer header encapsulated by the server for the first data.
  • the server adds a media information packet header between the header of the transport layer protocol, such as user datagram protocol (UDP), and application layer protocol, such as real-time transport protocol (RTP), and the server passes The media information packet header corresponding to the first data sends the first information.
  • UDP user datagram protocol
  • RTP real-time transport protocol
  • the present application uses UDP and RTP as examples, and may also be headers of other transport layer protocols and application layer protocols.
  • the first information may also be carried in the header of the application layer, and/or the header of the transport layer, and/or the header of the network layer; or, the first information is carried in the header of the media information, and the media information may be carried in It may be carried in the header of the application layer and/or the header of the transport layer and/or the header of the network layer, which is not limited in this application.
  • the server sends the first information through a packet header corresponding to the second data.
  • the time when the server sends the second data is earlier than the time when the server sends the first data.
  • the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data, and the second data is data before the first data.
  • the packet header corresponding to the first data may not carry the first information.
  • the packet header corresponding to the second data here is a packet header recognizable by the UPF.
  • the packet header corresponding to the second data may be a packet header encapsulated or encoded by the server for the second data.
  • the header corresponding to the second data here may be an application layer header encapsulated by the server for the second data.
  • the server adds a media information header between the UDP header and the RTP header, and the server sends the first information through the media information header corresponding to the second data.
  • Step 330 the UPF sends the first information to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the first information from the UPF.
  • the server UPF sends the first information through a packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the packet header corresponding to the first data is a packet header recognizable by the access network device.
  • the packet header corresponding to the first data may be a packet header encapsulated or encoded by the UPF for the first data.
  • the packet header corresponding to the first data here may be a GTP-U packet header encapsulated by the UPF for the first data.
  • the UPF parses to obtain the media information packet header, and encapsulates or encodes the obtained information into the GTP-U packet header, so that the GTP-U packet header carries the first information.
  • the UPF sends the first information through a packet header corresponding to the second data.
  • the time when the UPF receives the second data is earlier than the time when the UPF receives the first data.
  • the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data, and the second data is data before the first data.
  • the packet header corresponding to the first data may not carry the first information.
  • the packet header corresponding to the second data here is a packet header that can be recognized by the access network device.
  • the packet header corresponding to the second data may be a packet header encapsulated or encoded by the UPF for the second data.
  • the packet header corresponding to the second data here may be a GTP-U packet header encapsulated by the UPF for the second data.
  • the UPF parses to obtain the media information packet header, and encapsulates or encodes the obtained information into the GTP-U packet header, so that the GTP-U packet header carries the first information.
  • Step 340 the access network device acquires second information.
  • the second information is used to indicate the desired PDB.
  • the desired PDB may be configured by a core network device, or determined based on configuration information from the core network device.
  • the core network device configures the PDB for each QoS flow, for example, the PDB indicated in the 5QI.
  • step 340 and step 330 does not limit the execution sequence of step 340 and step 330 .
  • Step 350 the access network device determines the actual PDB according to the first information and the second information.
  • the actual PDB is a PDB that can actually be used for transmitting the first data.
  • the first data can be transmitted within the duration of the actual PDB.
  • the access network device may determine the actual PDB according to the timing advance and the expected PDB indicated by the second information.
  • the timing advance is the time difference between the actual generation time of the first data and the expected generation time of the first data.
  • the actual PDB may be the sum of the desired PDB and the timing advance.
  • the actual PDB may be the sum of the expected PDB and the first duration, and the first duration is any duration that is less than the timing advance and is not zero.
  • the access network device may determine the actual PDB according to the first period and the expected PDB indicated by the second information.
  • the access network device may determine the expected time when the first data arrives at the access network device according to the first cycle, and the access network device further determines the time according to the obtained expected time and the actual time when the first data arrives at the access network device
  • the advance amount, the timing advance amount is the difference between the expected time and the actual time
  • the access network device further determines the actual PDB according to the obtained timing advance amount and the expected PDB.
  • Step 360 the access network device sends the first data according to the actual PDB.
  • the access network device can adjust the actual PDB of the first data, for example, it can be at the expected
  • the PDB is extended based on the PDB, so that a more suitable PDB can be used to transmit the first data, which helps to reduce the pressure of air interface transmission.
  • steps 310-360 may be performed for each data of the business, or steps 310-360 may be performed for some data of the business.
  • the server can encode each XR frame in advance, and in this case, steps 310-360 can be performed for each XR frame.
  • the server only encodes the I frame in advance, and in this case, steps 310-360 may be performed only for the I frame of the XR service.
  • the server may encode the I frame and part of the P frame in advance, and in this case, steps 310-360 may be performed for the I frame and part of the P frame of the XR service.
  • the access network device needs to determine the data to be encoded in advance.
  • the manner in which the access network device determines the data to be coded in advance (that is, the first data) is described below.
  • the server may determine the third information and send the third information to the UPF; after receiving the third information, the UPF sends the third information to the access network device; the access network device sends the third information to the access network device according to the third information
  • the information identifies the first data.
  • the third information includes at least one of the following information: GOP information, fourth information, or fifth information.
  • the GOP information is used to indicate a generation period or a transmission period of the first data.
  • the server may notify the access network device of the period, and the access network device may determine the time when the data to be coded in advance appears according to the period.
  • the GOP information includes a numerical value, which means that every number of data of the numerical value includes one first data, or the numerical value is used to indicate that the first data is generated for every data of the numerical value.
  • the first data may be the first data of the numerical amount of data.
  • the GOP information may indicate a generation cycle or a sending cycle of the I frame.
  • the fourth information is used to indicate the data type of the service to which the first data belongs.
  • the fourth information may be a frame type indicator. Taking an I frame of an XR service as an example, when the value of the indicator is "1", the first data is an I frame, and when the value of the indicator is "0", The first data is a P frame or a non-I frame.
  • the fifth information is used to indicate that the first data is encoded ahead of the third data.
  • the third data is N adjacent data whose generation time or transmission time is earlier than the first data when the first data satisfies the first period, and the first period is the generation period or period of the data of the business to which the first data belongs.
  • Send cycle N is a non-negative integer.
  • the third data is N adjacent data whose generation time or sending time is earlier than the first data when the first data satisfies the first period. It can be understood that the third data satisfies: when the first data is not encoded in advance Before the first data, and after the first data when the first data is precoded.
  • the I frame of the XR service as the first data as an example
  • the I frame in the first GOP is coded ahead of N P frames in the second GOP, and the second GOP is earlier than the first GOP and adjacent to the first GOP
  • N P frames are the third data.
  • GOP#1 is the second GOP
  • GOP#2 is the first GOP
  • GOP#1 is earlier than GOP#2
  • the I frame of GOP#2 is in the first GOP#2 when not carrying out early coding.
  • frame is sent, when the I frame of GOP#2 is sent in the last frame of GOP#1 when encoding in advance
  • the third data is the data P frame that should have been sent in the last frame of GOP#1.
  • the fifth information may also be used to indicate the above-mentioned value of N. That is, the fifth information indicates that the first data is N data frames ahead, or the fifth information indicates that the first data is encoded N data frames ahead.
  • the access network device determines that the currently received data has been encoded in advance according to the GOP information, and adjusts the actual PDB.
  • the first data is an I frame, that is, the access network device only needs to adjust the actual PDB for the I frame.
  • the access network device determines that the currently received data is an I frame through the GOP information, so as to perform Adjustments to the actual transport PDB.
  • the access network device determines the type of the currently received data according to the fourth information, thereby judging that the data has been encoded in advance, and adjusts the actual PDB.
  • the first data is an I frame, that is, the access network device only needs to adjust the actual PDB for the I frame.
  • the access network device determines whether the currently received data is an I frame through the fourth information. In this way, the adjustment of the actual transmission PDB is performed.
  • the access network device When the coding advance of the first data is greater than the first period, the access network device cannot accurately determine the arrival time of the first data only based on the GOP information. At this time, the access network device may determine, according to the fifth information, that the currently received data is encoded ahead of the third data, and adjust the actual PDB. Taking the XR video service as an example, the first data is an I frame, and the I frame is coded 2 frames earlier. At this time, the access network device determines that the I frame will arrive 2 frames earlier through the fifth information, so as to determine the currently received Whether the data is an I frame, so as to adjust the actual transmission PDB.
  • the transmission manner of the third information is similar to that of the first information, and reference may be made to related descriptions of the first information, and details are not repeated here. It should be noted that, when the third information includes the fourth information, preferably, the server and the UPF send the third information through a packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the server may also send the sixth information to the access network device through the UPF.
  • the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, or the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding is performed or the server enables the advance encoding function.
  • the transmission manner of the sixth information is similar to that of the first information, and reference may be made to related descriptions of the first information, and details are not repeated here.
  • the manner in which the access network device obtains the first information, the third information, or the sixth information through the user plane data is described above with reference to FIG. 3 , and the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the access network device of the present application may also obtain the first information, the third information, or the sixth information through control plane signaling.
  • the control plane signaling of the core network may be transmitted by the AMF to the access network device through the N2 interface.
  • the server transmits the first information, the third information, or the sixth information to the RAN through the control plane signaling during the establishment of the PDU session or the control plane signaling during the modification of the PDU session.
  • the server may transmit the first information, the third information, or the sixth information to the PCF, the PCF transmits the server's first information, the third information, or the sixth information to the SMF, and the SMF transmits the first information, the third information, Or the sixth information is transferred to the AMF through Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer, and the AMF transfers the first information, the third information, or the sixth information to the RAN through an N2PDU session request message or an N2 message.
  • the PDU session establishment process or PDU session modification process reference may be made to the existing PDU session establishment process or PDU session modification process, which will not be repeated here.
  • the technical solution of the present application is not only applicable to the data transmission between the terminal and the server, but also applicable to the data transmission between the terminals.
  • the terminal obtains the first information, the third information, or the sixth information from the application layer of the terminal, and adjusts and transmits the first information, the third information, or the sixth information according to the first information, the third information, or the sixth information.
  • a PDB of data For a more detailed description, reference may be made to the data transmission between the terminal and the server, which will not be repeated here.
  • Example 1 to Example 5 take the XR service as an example, where the coding advance amount may correspond to the above timing advance amount.
  • the desired PDB mentioned below may be the PDB configured by the core network device for each QoS flow, for example, the PDB indicated in the 5QI may correspond to the second information above, and the specific acquisition method may refer to the prior art.
  • the XR service is taken as an example
  • the first data is an I frame of the XR service
  • the coding advance amount therein may correspond to the above timing advance amount.
  • the solution in this example can be applied to a scenario where the coding advance of the I frame is a fixed value.
  • Step 1 After the server performs RTP encapsulation on the I frame at the application layer, a media info (media info) header is added before the RTP encapsulated I frame.
  • the header corresponding to the I frame may include an RTP header, a media information header, a UDP header, and an IP header.
  • the media information packet header includes information related to the XR data.
  • the media information header can be parsed by UPF.
  • the media information packet header includes the total number of data packets (totalPacketNum), the frame number (FrameNum), first information, and third information, where the first information includes an encoding advance ( timing advance), the third information includes GOP information.
  • the total number of data packets is used to indicate the number of data packets included in the I frame.
  • the frame number is the number, sequence number, or index of the I frame.
  • the encoding advance is used to indicate the advance of the encoding time of the I frame.
  • the encoding time of the XR frame can be considered to be 0ms, 16.67ms, 33.3ms, 50ms, etc., assuming that the rendering and encoding time is 4ms in advance. Three frames (I frame), at this time, the encoding time of the XR frame becomes 0ms, 16.67ms, 29.3ms, 50ms, and the encoding advance amount can indicate 4ms.
  • the present application does not specifically limit the positions and occupied bits (bit(s)) of the GOP information and the encoding advance.
  • the encoding advance can be 1-byte information, that is, 8-bit information is added to the media information packet header, and the value unit of the encoding advance can be milliseconds, so the value range of the encoding advance is 0 to (2 8 -1 )*0.0625ms.
  • the GOP information may be 1-byte information, so the values of the GOP information may be 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, . . .
  • step 2 the server sends the I frame and the packet header corresponding to the I frame to the UPF through the N6 interface.
  • the UPF receives the I frame from the server and the packet header corresponding to the I frame.
  • the packet header corresponding to the I frame includes a media information packet header.
  • the media information packet header carries the first information and the third information.
  • Step 3 UPF parses the packet header corresponding to the received I frame to obtain the media information packet header, and then encodes or encapsulates the information in the media information packet header into the GTP-U packet header.
  • the RAN can parse it to obtain the first information and the third information.
  • GTP-U packet header here may also be called a GTP-U extended packet header.
  • step 4 the UPF sends the I frame and the packet header corresponding to the I frame to the RAN through the N3 interface.
  • the RAN receives the I frame from the UPF and the packet header corresponding to the I frame.
  • the packet header corresponding to the I frame includes a GTP-U packet header.
  • the GTP-U packet header carries the first information and the third information.
  • Step 5 the RAN parses the packet header corresponding to the received I frame to obtain the first information and the third information.
  • step 6 the RAN determines the moment when the I frame appears according to the third information, and when the I frame appears, extends the expected PDB of the I frame by the coding advance in the first information to obtain the actual PDB.
  • the generation of XR frames generally follows the cycle of the GOP, that is, one I frame is generated in every XR frame of the GOP, so if the RAN knows the size of the GOP, the RAN can guess the time when the I frame appears. Combined with the coding advance in the first information, the RAN adjusts the PDB once every GOP of XR frames according to the expected PDB and the coding advance and obtains the actual PDB.
  • the PDB is 10ms
  • the RAN extends the PDB to 14ms every 7 XR frames.
  • step 7 the RAN sends the I frame according to the actual PDB.
  • the I frame here may be the I frame in step 5, or the I frame received by the subsequent RAN, which is not limited in this application.
  • the first information and the third information in this example may be used to schedule the I frame carrying the first information and the third information, and may also be used to schedule the subsequent I frame received by the RAN.
  • the server may add the GOP information and the encoding advance to the header of the media information packet at the initial stage of the service.
  • the server only needs to carry the GOP information and coding advance in the I frame and send it to the RAN at the initial stage of the service, and there is no need to carry the GOP information and coding advance in the I frame later.
  • the first information and the third information may only appear in the media information and/or the GTP-U packet header corresponding to the first I frame.
  • the first information and the third information may also appear in the corresponding media information and/or GTP-U packet header of each I frame.
  • an I frame may be divided into multiple IP packets, and each IP packet of the I frame has corresponding media information and/or GTP-U packet header, therefore, the first information and the third information can be in It appears in the media information and/or GTP-U packet header of each IP packet of the first I frame, and may also appear in the media information and/or GTP-U packet header of each I frame.
  • the first information and the third information may appear in the media information and/or the GTP-U packet header of the first IP packet of the first I frame.
  • the RAN can periodically adjust the air interface PDB of the XR frame, which is helpful for service transmission.
  • an XR service is taken as an example
  • the first data includes an XR frame
  • the coding advance amount in it may correspond to the above timing advance amount.
  • the solution in this example can be applied to a scenario where the server periodically generates XR frames.
  • Step 1 After performing RTP encapsulation on the XR frame at the application layer, the server adds a media information packet header before the RTP-encapsulated XR frame.
  • the server Before the XR frame is transmitted to the UPF, it will be processed by different layers, such as the transport layer and the network layer.
  • the processing process of the XR frame at these layers can refer to the existing technology, and will not be described in this article.
  • the header corresponding to the I frame may include an RTP header, a media information header, a UDP header, and an IP header.
  • the media information packet header includes information related to the XR data.
  • the media information header can be parsed by UPF.
  • the media information packet header includes the total number of data packets, a frame number, first information, and sixth information, wherein the first information includes a first period (period), and the sixth information Include encoding timing advance flag.
  • the total number of data packets is used to indicate the number of data packets included in the XR frame.
  • the frame number is the number, sequence number, or index of the XR frame.
  • the first period is used to indicate the generation period or sending period of the XR frame of the XR service. For example, for a 60Hz XR video service, an XR frame is generated every 16.67ms.
  • the present application does not specifically limit the location and number of bits (bit(s)) occupied by the first period and the encoding advance identifier.
  • the first period can be 7-bit information, and the unit of the first period can be Hz, so the value of the first period can be 25, 30, 50, 60, 90, 120, 180, 240, ..., and the code is identified in advance
  • the symbol can be 1-bit information, so that the first period and the coding advance identifier constitute one byte of information.
  • Step 2 the server sends the XR frame and the packet header corresponding to the XR frame to the UPF through the N6 interface.
  • the UPF receives the XR frame from the server and the packet header corresponding to the XR frame.
  • the packet header corresponding to the XR frame includes a media information packet header.
  • the media information packet header carries the first information and the sixth information.
  • Step 3 The UPF parses the packet header corresponding to the received frame to obtain the media information packet header, and then encodes or encapsulates the information in the media information packet header into the GTP-U packet header.
  • the RAN can parse it to obtain the first information and the sixth information.
  • step 4 the UPF sends the XR frame and the packet header corresponding to the XR frame to the RAN through the N3 interface.
  • the RAN receives the XR frame from the UPF and the packet header corresponding to the XR frame.
  • the packet header corresponding to the XR frame includes a GTP-U packet header.
  • the GTP-U packet header carries the first information and the sixth information.
  • Step 5 the RAN parses the packet header corresponding to the received frame to obtain the first information and the sixth information.
  • step 6 the RAN determines the actual PDB according to the first information and the sixth information.
  • the RAN can determine the expected time when each XR frame arrives at the RAN according to the first period in the first information (that is, the generation period or transmission period of the XR frame), and then combine the time when the XR frame arrives at the RAN The actual time determines the available air interface time of the XR frame.
  • the RAN can dynamically update the PDB according to the difference between the expected time and the actual time, for example, the RAN will update the expected time The difference from the actual time is added to the PDB indicated in the 5QI (i.e. the expected PDB) to obtain the actual PDB; if the encoding advance identifier indicates that the server does not enable the advance encoding function, then the RAN can follow the 5QI stream Indicated The PDB (that is, the desired PDB) is scheduled.
  • the first period is 60 Hz
  • the coding advance identifier indicates that the early coding is performed or the server enables the early coding function
  • the PDB indicated in the 5QI is 10 ms.
  • the RAN can predict that the interval between two XR frames is 16.67 ms, so as to determine the expected time when each XR frame arrives at the RAN. If an XR frame arrives at the RAN 2ms earlier, the RAN can extend the PDB of the XR frame to 12ms.
  • step 7 the RAN sends the XR frame according to the actual PDB.
  • the XR frame here may be the XR frame in step 5, or the XR frame received by the subsequent RAN, which is not limited in this application.
  • the first period and the coding advance identifier can be used to schedule the XR frame carrying the first period and the coding advance identifier, and can also be used to schedule XR frames received by the subsequent RAN.
  • the XR frame here may be an I frame, a P frame or any other type of XR frame, which is not limited in this application.
  • the server may add the first period and the encoding advance identifier to the header of the media information packet at the service initiation stage. In other words, the server only needs to send the first period and the inter-coding advance identifier to the RAN through the UPF at the initial stage of the service, and there is no need to send the first period and the encoding advance identifier again later.
  • the server may carry the coding advance identifier in each XR frame.
  • the server needs to notify the RAN of the third information through the UPF, so that the RAN can determine the I frame according to the third information.
  • the server can adaptively adjust the air interface PDB of the XR frame according to the generation period or transmission period of the XR frame, which is helpful for service transmission.
  • the XR service is taken as an example.
  • the solution in this example can be applied to the scene where the encoding advance of the XR frame changes dynamically.
  • the first data is each XR frame or each I frame in the XR service.
  • the following uses the XR frame as
  • the coding advance amount may correspond to the timing advance amount above.
  • the encoding time of the encoder on the server may jitter, that is, the time spent by the encoder to encode an XR frame is different; in addition, to reduce the end-to-end delay of the XR service, the encoding of the P frame can also be advanced. In this case, the encoding advance is no longer a fixed value, but changes according to the actual situation.
  • the server may send the coding advance of each XR frame to the core network and RAN together with the XR frame, and the packet header corresponding to each XR frame carries the coding advance of the XR frame.
  • the RAN adjusts the PDB corresponding to the XR frame according to the coding advance carried in the packet header corresponding to the XR frame. That is, the packet header corresponding to each XR frame carries the first information, and the first information includes the coding advance amount.
  • the packet header corresponding to the XR frame includes a media information packet header. Wherein, the media information packet header carries the first information and the sixth information.
  • Step 1 After performing RTP encapsulation on the XR frame at the application layer, the server adds a media information packet header before the RTP-encapsulated XR frame.
  • the header corresponding to the I frame may include an RTP header, a media information header, a UDP header, and an IP header.
  • the media information packet header includes information related to the XR data.
  • the media information header can be parsed by UPF.
  • the media information packet header includes a total number of data packets, a frame number, and first information, where the first information includes an encoding advance.
  • the total number of data packets is used to indicate the number of data packets included in the XR frame.
  • the frame number is the number, sequence number, or index of the XR frame.
  • the encoding advance is used to indicate the advance of the encoding time of the XR frame. Taking the 60Hz XR video service as an example, the encoding time of the XR frame can be considered as 0ms, 16.67ms, 33.3ms, 50ms, etc., assuming that the rendering and encoding time is 4ms in advance.
  • the encoding time of the XR frame becomes 0ms, 16.67ms, 29.3ms, 50ms, and the encoding advance of the third frame is 4ms.
  • the GOP may not be carried in the media information packet header, reducing the size of the media information packet header.
  • the present application does not specifically limit the location and the number of bits (bit(s)) occupied by the encoding advance.
  • the encoding advance can be 1-byte information, that is, 8-bit information is added to the media information header and the following GTP-U header.
  • the value unit of the encoding advance can be milliseconds, so the value range of the encoding advance is 0 to (2 8 -1)*0.0625ms.
  • Step 2 the server sends the XR frame and the packet header corresponding to the XR frame to the UPF through the N6 interface.
  • the UPF receives the XR frame from the server and the packet header corresponding to the XR frame.
  • the packet header corresponding to the XR frame includes a media information packet header.
  • the media information packet header carries the first information.
  • Step 3 The UPF parses the packet header corresponding to the received XR frame to obtain the media information packet header, and then encodes or encapsulates the information in the media information packet header into the GTP-U packet header.
  • the RAN can parse it to obtain the first information.
  • GTP-U packet header here may also be called a GTP-U extended packet header.
  • step 4 the UPF sends the XR frame and the packet header corresponding to the XR frame to the RAN through the N3 interface.
  • the RAN receives the XR frame from the UPF and the packet header corresponding to the XR frame.
  • the packet header corresponding to the XR frame includes a GTP-U packet header.
  • the first information is carried in the GTP-U packet header.
  • Step 5 the RAN parses the packet header corresponding to the received XR frame to obtain the first information.
  • step 6 the RAN determines the actual PDB of the XR frame according to the first information.
  • the RAN extends the expected PDB of the XR frame by the coding advance amount in the first information to obtain the actual PDB.
  • Step 7 RAN sends the XR frame according to the actual PDB.
  • the RAN can adjust the air interface PDB of the XR frame, which is helpful for service transmission.
  • the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information are all carried in the XR frame of the service, that is, the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information are carried in the in the user plane data.
  • This example provides another manner, that is, transmitting the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information to the RAN through control plane signaling.
  • the control plane signaling of the core network is transmitted to the RAN by the AMF through the N2 interface.
  • the server can directly transmit the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information to the PCF, and the PCF then transmits the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information
  • the information is transmitted to the AMF, and the AMF configures the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information to the RAN through the N2 interface, so as to enable reasonable scheduling of the RAN.
  • the server transmits the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information to the RAN during the PDU session management process.
  • the server transmits the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information to the RAN during the establishment of the PDU session or the modification of the PDU session.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a PDU session establishment process.
  • FIG. 7 only shows some steps of the PDU session establishment process, and only briefly describes the shown steps. The complete and detailed process can refer to the prior art, and will not be repeated here.
  • step 1 the UE sends a PDU session establishment request message (PDU Session Establishment Request) to the AMF.
  • PDU Session Establishment Request PDU Session Establishment Request
  • the AMF receives the PDU session establishment request message.
  • Step 2 AMF performs SMF selection.
  • step 3 the AMF sends a PDU session management (session management, SM) context creation request message to the selected SMF.
  • PDU session management session management, SM
  • the SMF receives the session management context creation request message.
  • the session management context creation request message may be Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Request.
  • Step 4 SMF interacts with UDM to perform subscription retrieval or subscription update (Subscription retrieval/Subscription for updates).
  • step 5 the SMF sends a PDU session management context creation response message to the AMF.
  • the AMF receives the PDU session management context creation response message.
  • the session management context creation response message may be Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Response.
  • Step 6 perform PDU session authentication or authorization (PDU Session authentication/authorization).
  • step 7a the SMF performs PCF selection.
  • step 7b the SMF interacts with the selected PCF to execute session management policy association establishment or SMF initiates session management policy association modification (SM Policy Association Establishment or SMF initiated SM Policy Association Modification).
  • session management policy association modification SM Policy Association Establishment or SMF initiated SM Policy Association Modification
  • step 8 the SMF performs UPF selection.
  • step 9 the SMF interacts with the selected PCF, and initiates session management policy association modification (SMF initiated SM Policy Association Modification).
  • Step 10a SMF sends N4 session establishment or modification request message (N4 Session Establishment/Modification Request) to the selected UPF.
  • N4 Session Establishment/Modification Request N4 Session Establishment/Modification Request
  • the UPF receives the N4 session establishment or modification request message.
  • Step 10b UPF sends N4 session establishment or modification response message (N4 Session Establishment/Modification Response) to SMF.
  • N4 Session Establishment/Modification Response N4 Session Establishment/Modification Response
  • the SMF receives the N4 session establishment or modification response message.
  • step 11 the SMF sends a N1N2 message transfer message (Namf_Communication_N1N2Message Transfer) to the AMF.
  • N1N2 message transfer message (Namf_Communication_N1N2Message Transfer)
  • the AMF receives the N1N2 messaging message.
  • Step 12 AMF sends N2PDU session request message to RAN.
  • the RAN receives the N2PDU Session Request message.
  • the N2PDU session request message may carry the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information of this application.
  • the PCF may pass step 7b or step 9 Send the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information to the SMF.
  • the SMF may send the acquired first information and/or third information and/or sixth information to the AMF through the N1N2 message delivery message in step 11.
  • the AMF may send the obtained first information and/or third information and/or sixth information to the RAN through the N2PDU session request message in step 12.
  • the RAN After the RAN acquires the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information, it may schedule the data received during the service transmission according to the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information, For the specific scheduling manner, reference may be made to Example 1 to Example 3, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a PDU session modification process. Similarly, FIG. 8 only shows some steps of the PDU session modification process, and only briefly describes the shown steps. The complete and detailed process can refer to the prior art, and will not be repeated here.
  • Step 1a the PDU session modification process initiated by the UE.
  • the UE sends a PDU session modification request message (PDU Session Modification Request) to the AMF, and the AMF sends a session management context update message to the SMF after receiving the PDU session modification request message.
  • PDU Session Modification Request PDU Session Modification Request
  • the session management context update message may be Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext.
  • Step 1b the PDU session modification process initiated by the SMF.
  • the SMF interacts with the PCF, and the PCF initiates session management policy association modification (PCF initiated SM Policy Association Modification).
  • PCF initiated SM Policy Association Modification PCF initiated SM Policy Association Modification
  • Step 1c the PDU session modification process initiated by the SMF.
  • the SMF interacts with the UDM, and the SMF updates the session management subscription data.
  • the UDM updates the subscription data of the SMF through the SDM notification message Nudm_SDM_Notification.
  • Step 1d the PDU session modification process initiated by the SMF.
  • step 1b-1d the SMF initiates the SMF-requested PDU session modification procedure.
  • Step 1e PDU session modification process initiated by RAN.
  • the RAN sends an N2 message to the AMF; after receiving the N2 message, the AMF sends a session management context update message to the SMF.
  • the session management context update message may be Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext.
  • Step 1f the PDU session modification process initiated by the AMF.
  • the AMF sends a session management context update message to the SMF.
  • Step 2 SMF interacts with PCF to initiate session management policy association modification (SMF initiated SM Policy Association Modification).
  • SMF session management policy association modification
  • Step 2a SMF sends N4 session establishment or modification request message (N4 Session Establishment/Modification Request) to the selected UPF.
  • N4 Session Establishment/Modification Request N4 Session Establishment/Modification Request
  • the UPF receives the N4 session establishment or modification request message.
  • Step 2b UPF sends N4 session establishment or modification response message (N4 Session Establishment/Modification Response) to SMF.
  • N4 Session Establishment/Modification Response N4 Session Establishment/Modification Response
  • the SMF receives the N4 session establishment or modification response message.
  • step 3a the SMF sends a session management context update response message to the AMF.
  • the AMF receives the session management context update response message.
  • the session management context update response message may be Response of Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSM Context.
  • step 3b the SMF sends a N1N2 message transfer message (Namf_Communication_N1N2Message Transfer) to the AMF.
  • N1N2 message transfer message (Namf_Communication_N1N2Message Transfer)
  • the AMF receives the N1N2 messaging message.
  • step 3c the SMF sends a session management context status notification message to the AMF.
  • the AMF receives the session management context state notification message.
  • the session management context status notification message may be Nsmf_PDUSession_SMContextStatusNotify.
  • Step 4 AMF sends N2 message to RAN.
  • the RAN receives the N2 message.
  • the PCF For the first information, third information or sixth information of this application, after the PCF obtains the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information from the server, it can send the first information to And/or the third information and/or the sixth information is sent to the SMF.
  • the SMF may use the session management context update response message in step 3a, the N1N2 message delivery message in step 3b, or the session management context state notification message in step 3c to obtain the first information and/or third information and/or the first information 6.
  • Information sent to AMF The AMF may send the obtained first information and/or third information and/or sixth information to the RAN through the N2 message in step 4.
  • the RAN After the RAN acquires the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information, it may schedule the data received during the service transmission according to the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information, For the specific scheduling manner, reference may be made to Example 1 to Example 3, which will not be repeated here.
  • the XR service is taken as an example
  • the first data is an I frame of the XR service
  • the coding advance amount therein may correspond to the above timing advance amount.
  • the solution in this example can be applied to a scenario where the encoding lead of the XR frame is a fixed value.
  • the following situations may occur when the I frame is encoded in advance: when the I frame encoding advance is too large, such as when the I frame is encoded earlier than the previous P frame, that is, the I frame of the GOP is earlier than the last P frame in the previous GOP Frame encoding will cause this I frame to arrive at the RAN earlier than the previous P frame.
  • the RAN may mistakenly believe that the P frame that arrives later is an I frame, and the I frame that arrives earlier is the P frame of the previous GOP, causing the RAN to increase the coding advance to the later arrival on the PDB of the P frame.
  • this example provides the following two methods.
  • the server sends the first information to the RAN through control plane signaling, where the first information includes a coding advance.
  • the first information includes a coding advance.
  • the server adds third information to the header corresponding to each XR frame, the third information includes a frame type indicator, and the frame type indicator is used to indicate whether the XR frame is an I frame.
  • the RAN parses the header corresponding to the XR frame to obtain third information, and determines whether the XR frame is an I frame according to the frame type indicator in the third information.
  • the packet header corresponding to the I frame includes a media information packet header.
  • the media information packet header carries the first information and the sixth information.
  • the RAN determines that the XR frame is an I frame, then the RAN extends the expected PDB of the XR frame by the coding advance included in the first information to obtain the actual PDB, and sends the XR frame according to the actual PDB; if the RAN determines that the XR frame If it is not an I frame, the RAN sends the XR frame according to the expected PDB of the XR frame.
  • the RAN For the specific transmission manner of the third information, reference may be made to Example 1 to Example 3, which will not be repeated here.
  • 1-bit information is added to the packet header corresponding to each XR frame to indicate that the current XR frame is an I frame or a P frame. For example, when the bit is '1', it means that the header-associated data load belongs to an I frame; when the bit is '0', it means that the header-associated data load belongs to a P frame.
  • the server does not need to notify the UPF and/or the UPF of the GOP information and does not need to notify the RAN of the GOP information.
  • the server sends the first information and the third information to the RAN through control plane signaling.
  • the first information includes an encoding advance amount
  • the third information includes GOP information and fifth information
  • the fifth information may be a substitute signaling for instructing an I frame to be encoded by N P frames in advance.
  • the alternative signaling can be a 1-bit or 2-bit message. If the replacement signaling is 1-bit information, '1' means that the I frame is coded ahead of the previous P frame, and '0' means that the I frame is not coded ahead of the previous P frame.
  • the replacement signaling is 2-bit information, it can be considered that '00' represents that the I frame is not coded ahead of the previous P frame, and '01', '10', and '11' represent that the I frame is ahead of the previous P frame by 1, 2, and 3 P frames, respectively. to encode.
  • the RAN determines the position where the I frame appears according to the third information, and when the I frame appears, extends the expected PDB of the I frame by the coding advance amount in the first information.
  • the apparatus in FIG. 9 or FIG. 10 includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing various functions.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with reference to the units and method steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed in the present application. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives the hardware depends on the specific application scenario and design constraints of the technical solution.
  • FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 are schematic structural diagrams of possible devices provided by the embodiments of the present application. These apparatuses can be used to implement the functions of the access network device, UPF, server, or terminal in the foregoing method embodiments, and thus can also realize the beneficial effects of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the device 600 includes a transceiver unit 610 and a processing unit 620 .
  • the transceiver unit 610 is used to: acquire first information, and the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the first data An expected generation time of the data; and obtaining second information, the second information is used to indicate the expected packet delay budget PDB, the PDB is the first data from the UPF corresponding to the access network device to the terminal The time upper bound on the transmission delay of .
  • the processing unit 620 is configured to: determine an actual PDB according to the first information and the second information.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: send the first data according to the actual PDB.
  • the first information includes a time advance, where the time advance is a time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time.
  • the processing unit 620 is specifically configured to: determine the actual PDB according to the timing advance and the expected PDB.
  • the first information includes a first cycle
  • the first cycle is a data generation cycle or a sending cycle of the service to which the first data belongs.
  • the processing unit 620 is specifically configured to: determine the actual PDB according to the first period and the expected PDB.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: receive a packet header corresponding to the first data, where the packet header includes the first information.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the first information through the packet header.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: receive a header corresponding to the second data, where the header includes the first information.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the first information through the packet header, wherein the time when the access network device receives the second data is earlier than the time when the access network device receives the first data moment.
  • the header includes a GTP-U header, and the first information is carried in the GTP-U header.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the first information through control plane signaling in a PDU session establishment process or control plane signaling in a PDU session modification process.
  • the expected PDB is determined based on configuration information from core network equipment.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: acquire third information.
  • the processing unit 620 is further configured to: determine the first data according to the third information.
  • the third information includes at least one of the following information: GOP information, fourth information, or fifth information; the GOP information is used to indicate the generation period or transmission period of the first data; the fourth The information is used to indicate the data type of the service to which the first data belongs; the fifth information is used to indicate that the first data is encoded in advance of the third data, and the third data is when the first data satisfies the first data.
  • the generation time or transmission time is earlier than N adjacent data of the first data
  • the first period is the generation period or transmission period of the data of the business to which the first data belongs
  • the N is a non-negative integer
  • the fifth information is used to indicate the value of N.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: receive a packet header corresponding to the first data, where the packet header includes the third information.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the third information through the packet header.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: receive a packet header corresponding to the second data, where the packet header includes the third information.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the third information through the packet header. Wherein, the time when the access network device receives the second data is earlier than the time when the access network device receives the first data.
  • the header includes a GTP-U header
  • the third information is carried in the GTP-U header.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the third information through control plane signaling during the PDU session establishment process or control plane signaling during the PDU session modification process.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: acquire sixth information, the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, or the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding is performed Or the server has enabled the ahead-of-time encoding function.
  • the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information
  • the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: receive a header corresponding to the second data, where the header includes the sixth information.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the sixth information through the packet header. Wherein, the time when the access network device receives the second data is earlier than the time when the access network device receives the first data.
  • the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding has been performed or the server has enabled the advance encoding function
  • the transceiver unit 610 is further configured to: the access network device receives the corresponding packet header of the first data, the The packet header includes the sixth information.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the sixth information through the packet header.
  • the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information
  • the transceiver unit 610 is further configured to: use control plane signaling during the PDU session establishment process or PDU session modification process Obtain the sixth information through control plane signaling.
  • control plane signaling is an N2PDU session request message or an N2 message.
  • the header includes a GTP-U header
  • the sixth information is carried in the GTP-U header.
  • the transceiver unit 610 is used to: receive the first data and the first information, the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than an expected generation time of the first data; and sending the first data and the first information.
  • the first information includes a time advance, where the time advance is a time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time.
  • the first information includes a first period, and the first period is a generation period or a sending period of data of the service to which the first data belongs.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the first information through a packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the transceiver unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the first information through a packet header corresponding to the second data, the time when the UPF receives the second data is earlier than the time when the UPF receives the first data time.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: receive an application layer header of the first data, where the first information is carried in the application layer header.
  • the processing unit 620 is configured to: acquire the first information from the application layer header; and encode the first information into the GTP-U header.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: receive third information; and send the third information.
  • the third information includes at least one of the following information: GOP information, fourth information, or fifth information; the GOP information is used to indicate the generation period or transmission period of the first data; the fourth The information is used to indicate the data type of the service to which the first data belongs; the fifth information is used to indicate that the first data is encoded in advance of the third data, and the third data is when the first data satisfies the first data.
  • the generation time or transmission time is earlier than N adjacent data of the first data
  • the first period is the generation period or transmission period of the data of the service to which the first data belongs
  • the N is a non-negative integer
  • the fifth information is used to indicate the value of N.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the third information through a packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the header includes a GTP-U header
  • the third information is carried in the GTP-U header.
  • the processing unit 620 is used to: determine the first information, the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the time of the first data The expected generation moment.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is configured to: send the first information.
  • the first information includes a time advance, where the time advance is a time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time.
  • the first information includes a first cycle
  • the first cycle is a data generation cycle or a sending cycle of the service to which the first data belongs.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the first information through a packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the first information through a packet header corresponding to the second data, and the time when the server sends the second data is earlier than the time when the server sends the first data.
  • the header includes an application layer header, and the first information is carried in the application layer header.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the first information through control plane signaling during the PDU session establishment process or control plane signaling during the PDU session modification process.
  • the processing unit 620 is further configured to: determine third information.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: send the third information.
  • the third information includes at least one of the following information: GOP information, fourth information, or fifth information; the GOP information is used to indicate the generation period or transmission period of the first data; the fourth The information is used to indicate the data type of the service to which the first data belongs; the fifth information is used to indicate that the first data is encoded in advance of the third data, and the third data is when the first data satisfies the first data.
  • the generation time or transmission time is earlier than N adjacent data of the first data
  • the first period is the generation period or transmission period of the data of the service to which the first data belongs
  • the N is a non-negative integer
  • the fifth information is used to indicate the value of N.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the third information through a packet header corresponding to the first data.
  • the transceiver unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the third information through a packet header corresponding to the second data, and the time when the server receives the second data is earlier than the time when the server receives the first data time.
  • the header includes an application layer header, and the third information is carried in the application layer header.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the third information through control plane signaling during the PDU session establishment process or control plane signaling during the PDU session modification process.
  • the processing unit 620 is further configured to: determine sixth information.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: send the sixth information, where the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, or the sixth information is used to indicate that pre-coding or server The ahead-of-time encoding feature is turned on.
  • the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information
  • the transceiver unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the sixth information through a packet header corresponding to the second data, and the server sends the The time of the second data is earlier than the time of sending the first data by the server.
  • the sixth information is used to indicate that advance encoding is performed or the server enables an advance encoding function
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the sixth information through a corresponding header of the first data.
  • the packet header includes an application layer header
  • the sixth information is carried in the application layer header.
  • the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information
  • the transceiver unit 610 is specifically configured to: use control plane signaling in the process of establishing a PDU session or control plane in the process of modifying a PDU session Send the sixth information by signaling.
  • the transceiving unit 610 acquires first information, the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data time; and acquiring second information, where the second information is used to indicate an expected packet delay budget PDB, where the PDB is an upper bound on the time of the transmission delay of the first data from the first terminal to the second terminal .
  • the processing unit 620 is configured to: determine an actual PDB according to the first information and the second information.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: send the first data according to the actual PDB.
  • the first information includes a time advance, where the time advance is a time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time.
  • the processing unit 620 is specifically configured to: determine the actual PDB according to the timing advance and the expected PDB.
  • the first information includes a first cycle
  • the first cycle is a data generation cycle or a sending cycle of the service to which the first data belongs.
  • the processing unit 620 is specifically configured to: determine the actual PDB according to the first period and the expected PDB.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: acquire a packet header corresponding to the first data, where the packet header includes the first information.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the first information through the packet header.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: acquire a packet header corresponding to the second data, where the packet header includes the first information.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the first information through the packet header. Wherein, the time when the first terminal obtains the second data is earlier than the time when the first terminal obtains the first data.
  • the expected PDB is determined based on configuration information from a core network device, or the expected PDB is determined by the first terminal based on a service type.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: acquire third information.
  • the processing unit 620 is further configured to: determine the first data according to the third information.
  • the third information includes at least one of the following information: GOP information, fourth information, or fifth information; the GOP information is used to indicate the generation period or transmission period of the first data; the fourth The information is used to indicate the data type of the service to which the first data belongs; the fifth information is used to indicate that the first data is encoded in advance of the third data, and the third data is when the first data satisfies the first data.
  • the generation time or transmission time is earlier than N adjacent data of the first data
  • the first period is the generation period or transmission period of the data of the business to which the first data belongs
  • the N is a non-negative integer
  • the fifth information is used to indicate the value of N.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: acquire a packet header corresponding to the first data, where the packet header includes the third information.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the third information through the packet header.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: acquire a packet header corresponding to the second data, where the packet header includes the third information.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the third information through the packet header. Wherein, the time when the first terminal obtains the second data is earlier than the time when the first terminal obtains the first data.
  • the transceiver unit 610 is further configured to: acquire sixth information, where the sixth information is used to instruct the first terminal to detect the first information, or the sixth information is used to indicate that advance coding or The server has enabled the ahead-of-time encoding function.
  • the sixth information is used to instruct the first terminal to detect the first information
  • the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: acquire a header corresponding to the second data, where the header includes the sixth information.
  • the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the sixth information through the packet header. Wherein, the moment when the first terminal sends the second data is earlier than the moment when the first terminal sends the first data.
  • the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding has been performed or the server has enabled the advance encoding function
  • the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: the first terminal acquires a header corresponding to the first data, and the header includes The sixth information; the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the sixth information through the packet header.
  • the header is an application layer header.
  • the device 700 includes a processor 710 and an interface circuit 720 .
  • the processor 710 and the interface circuit 720 are coupled to each other.
  • the interface circuit 720 may be a transceiver or an input-output interface.
  • the device 700 may further include a memory 730 for storing instructions executed by the processor 710, or storing input data required by the processor 710 to execute the instructions, or storing data generated by the processor 710 after executing the instructions.
  • the processor 710 is used to implement the functions of the processing unit 620
  • the interface circuit 720 is used to implement the functions of the transceiver unit 610 .
  • the chip When the apparatus 700 is a chip applied to access network equipment, the chip implements the functions of the access network equipment in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the chip receives information from other modules in the access network equipment (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information is sent to the access network equipment by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules in the access network equipment (such as radio frequency module or antenna) to send information that is sent by the access network equipment to other devices.
  • the chip implements the functions of the UPF in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the chip receives information from other modules in the UPF (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information is sent to the UPF by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules in the UPF (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information It is sent by UPF to other devices.
  • the chip implements the functions of the server in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the chip receives information from other modules in the server (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information is sent to the server by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules in the server (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information is sent by the server to other devices.
  • the chip implements the functions of the terminal in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the chip receives information from other modules in the terminal (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information is sent to the terminal by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules in the terminal (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information It is sent by the terminal to other devices.
  • the present application also provides a communication device, including a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions and/or data, and the processor is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, or read the memory stored in the memory. data to execute the methods in the above method embodiments.
  • a communication device including a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions and/or data, and the processor is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, or read the memory stored in the memory. data to execute the methods in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device includes memory.
  • the memory is integrated with the processor, or is set separately.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, on which computer instructions for implementing the methods executed by the access network device, UPF, server, or terminal in the foregoing method embodiments are stored.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, including instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a computer, the methods executed by the access network device, UPF, server, or terminal in the foregoing method embodiments are implemented.
  • the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the access network device, UPF, server or terminal in the above embodiments.
  • processor in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and may also be other general processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), application specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • a general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor, or any conventional processor.
  • the method steps in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by means of hardware, or may be implemented by means of a processor executing software instructions.
  • Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and software modules can be stored in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable read-only Memory, registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium may also be a component of the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC.
  • the ASIC can be located in the access network device, UPF, server or terminal.
  • the processor and the storage medium may also exist as discrete components in the access network device, UPF, server or terminal.
  • all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product comprises one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are executed in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer program or instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer program or instructions may be downloaded from a website, computer, A server or data center transmits to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired or wireless means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrating one or more available media.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape; it may also be an optical medium, such as a digital video disk; or it may be a semiconductor medium, such as a solid state disk.

Abstract

The present application provides a data transmission method and a communication apparatus. In the present method, if an actual generation moment of data is earlier than an expected generation moment of the data, an actual PDB of the data may be adjusted, for example, the PDB may be extended on the basis of an expected PDB, so that the data can be transmitted using a more suitable PDB, which helps to reduce pressure on air interface transmission.

Description

传输数据的方法和通信装置Method and communication device for transmitting data
本申请要求于2022年02月17日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202210146439.X、申请名称为“传输数据的方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请,以及于2021年12月17日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202111551413.5、申请名称为“一种扩展现实业务的传输方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requires submission of a Chinese patent application with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on February 17, 2022, with the application number 202210146439.X, and the application title "Method and Communication Device for Transmission Data", and submitted on December 17, 2021 The priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202111551413.5 and the application name "A Transmission Method and Device for Extended Reality Service" issued by the State Intellectual Property Office of China, the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及传输数据的方法和通信装置。The present application relates to the field of communication, and more particularly, to a method and a communication device for transmitting data.
背景技术Background technique
目前,发送端设备会为数据流确定一个对应的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)流,该数据流中的所有数据都在这个QoS流中进行传输。发送端设备会根据每个QoS流的对应的包时延预算(packet delay budget,PDB)对承载于该QoS流中的数据进行调度。在这种方式下,发送端设备对承载于该QoS流中的每个数据采用相同的PDB进行调度。但是数据流中的数据的尺寸并不统一,例如,扩展现实(extended reality,XR)业务的帧内编码(intra-coded)帧的尺寸远大于帧间编码(predicted frame)帧的尺寸,若尺寸较大的数据与尺寸较小的数据采用同样的PDB,尺寸较大的数据对空口传输速率有更高的要求,会导致空口传输压力较大。Currently, the sending end device will determine a corresponding quality of service (quality of service, QoS) flow for the data flow, and all data in the data flow will be transmitted in this QoS flow. The sending end device will schedule the data carried in the QoS flow according to the corresponding packet delay budget (packet delay budget, PDB) of each QoS flow. In this manner, the sending end device uses the same PDB for scheduling each data carried in the QoS flow. However, the size of the data in the data stream is not uniform. For example, the size of the intra-coded (intra-coded) frame of the extended reality (XR) service is much larger than the size of the inter-frame coded (predicted frame) frame. Larger data and smaller data use the same PDB. Larger data has higher requirements on the transmission rate of the air interface, which will lead to greater transmission pressure on the air interface.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供了一种传输数据的方法和通信装置,有助于降低空口传输的压力。The present application provides a data transmission method and a communication device, which help to reduce the pressure of air interface transmission.
第一方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,所述方法可以由第一设备执行,也可以由第一设备中的模块或单元执行,为了描述方便,下文统一称为第一设备。在第一方面中,第一设备为接入网设备,第二设备为终端。In a first aspect, a method for transmitting data is provided. The method may be executed by a first device, or may be executed by a module or unit in the first device. For convenience of description, the method is collectively referred to as the first device hereinafter. In the first aspect, the first device is an access network device, and the second device is a terminal.
所述方法包括:接入网设备获取第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一数据的实际生成时刻早于所述第一数据的期望生成时刻;所述接入网设备获取第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示期望的包时延预算PDB,所述PDB为所述第一数据从所述接入网设备对应的用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元到终端的传输延迟的时间上界(也可以替换为,所述PDB为所述第一数据从所述接入网设备对应的UPF到终端的N6终结点可能延迟的时间上界);所述接入网设备根据所述第一信息和所述第二信息,确定实际的PDB;所述接入网设备根据所述实际的PDB发送所述第一数据。The method includes: the access network device acquires first information, the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data; the access network device obtains the second Information, the second information is used to indicate the expected packet delay budget PDB, the PDB is the first data from the user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element corresponding to the access network device to the terminal The time upper bound of the transmission delay (it can also be replaced by the PDB being the upper bound of the possible delay of the first data from the UPF corresponding to the access network device to the N6 termination point of the terminal); the access The network device determines an actual PDB according to the first information and the second information; the access network device sends the first data according to the actual PDB.
其中,第一数据的期望的生成时刻可以是基于第一周期和/或第一数据的数据编号确定的。其中,第一周期为第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期。可选地,第一数据的数据编号可以是第一数据对应的帧号。Wherein, the expected generation time of the first data may be determined based on the first period and/or the data number of the first data. Wherein, the first period is a generation period or a sending period of data of the service to which the first data belongs. Optionally, the data number of the first data may be a frame number corresponding to the first data.
例如,以60Hz XR视频业务为例,XR帧的编码时刻可以认为是在0ms、16.67ms、 33.3ms、50ms等,假设第一数据在第三帧编码和发送,则第一数据的期望生成时刻为33.3ms。For example, taking the 60Hz XR video service as an example, the encoding time of the XR frame can be considered to be 0ms, 16.67ms, 33.3ms, 50ms, etc., assuming that the first data is encoded and sent in the third frame, then the expected generation time of the first data is 33.3ms.
第一数据的实际生成时刻早于第一数据的期望生成时刻,可以理解为,对第一数据进行了提前编码或对第一数据提前进行了编码。“所述第一信息用于指示第一数据的实际生成时刻早于所述第一数据的期望生成时刻”也可以替换为“所述第一信息用于指示第一数据的实际的PDB大于所述第一数据的期望的PDB”。The actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data, and it can be understood that the first data is encoded in advance or the first data is encoded in advance. "The first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data" may also be replaced with "the first information is used to indicate that the actual PDB of the first data is greater than the Desired PDB for the first data".
PDB为所述第一数据从所述接入网设备对应的UPF到终端的传输延迟的时间上界,也可以替换为,PDB为第一数据从所述接入网设备对应的UPF到终端的N6终结点可能延迟的时间上界。期望的PDB可以是由核心网设备配置的,或者说是基于来自核心网设备的配置信息确定的,例如,核心网设备为每个QoS流配置的PDB。实际的PDB可以理解为传输第一数据可使用的PDB。PDB is the upper bound of the transmission delay time of the first data from the UPF corresponding to the access network device to the terminal, or it may be replaced by, PDB is the time limit of the first data from the UPF corresponding to the access network device to the terminal An upper bound on the time that an N6 endpoint may be delayed. The desired PDB may be configured by the core network device, or determined based on configuration information from the core network device, for example, the PDB configured by the core network device for each QoS flow. The actual PDB can be understood as a PDB that can be used to transmit the first data.
在上述技术方案中,在第一数据的实际生成时刻早于所述第一数据的期望生成时刻的情况下,接入网设备可以调整第一数据的实际的PDB,例如,可以在期望的PDB的基础上进行延长,从而可以采用更合适的PDB传输第一数据,有助于降低空口传输的压力。In the above technical solution, when the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data, the access network device may adjust the actual PDB of the first data, for example, the expected PDB Based on the extension, a more suitable PDB can be used to transmit the first data, which helps to reduce the pressure of air interface transmission.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息包括时间提前量,所述时间提前量是所述实际生成时刻与所述期望生成时刻之间的时间差;所述接入网设备根据所述第一信息和所述第二信息,确定实际的PDB,包括:所述接入网设备根据所述时间提前量和所述期望的PDB,确定所述实际的PDB。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first information includes a time advance, and the time advance is a time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time; the access The network device determining the actual PDB according to the first information and the second information includes: the access network device determining the actual PDB according to the timing advance and the expected PDB.
例如,实际的PDB可以是期望的PDB与时间提前量之和。For example, the actual PDB may be the sum of the desired PDB and the timing advance.
又例如,实际的PDB可以是期望的PDB与第一时长之和,第一时长是小于时间提前量且不为0的任意时长。For another example, the actual PDB may be the sum of the expected PDB and the first duration, and the first duration is any duration that is less than the timing advance and is not zero.
需要说明的是,时间提前量是实际生成时刻与期望生成时刻之间的时间差,也可以替换为,时间提前量是第一数据的实际的PDB与第一数据的期望的PDB的差值。It should be noted that the time advance is the time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time, and may be replaced by the time advance being the difference between the actual PDB of the first data and the expected PDB of the first data.
在上述技术方案中,通过第一信息直接携带时间提前量,这样接入网设备无需计算时间提前量,可以简化接入网设备的处理。In the above technical solution, the first information directly carries the timing advance, so that the access network device does not need to calculate the timing advance, which can simplify the processing of the access network device.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息包括第一周期,所述第一周期为所述第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期;所述接入网设备根据所述第一信息和所述第二信息,确定实际的PDB,包括:所述接入网设备根据所述第一周期和所述期望的PDB,确定所述实际的PDB。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first information includes a first cycle, and the first cycle is a data generation cycle or a sending cycle of the service to which the first data belongs; The network access device determining the actual PDB according to the first information and the second information includes: the access network device determining the actual PDB according to the first period and the expected PDB.
例如,接入网设备可以根据第一周期确定第一数据到达接入网设备的预期时间,进一步地接入网设备根据得到的预期时间以及第一数据到达接入网设备的实际时间,确定时间提前量,时间提前量为预期时间与实际时间的差值,进一步地接入网设备根据得到的时间提前量和期望的PDB确定实际的PDB。For example, the access network device may determine the expected time when the first data arrives at the access network device according to the first cycle, and the access network device further determines the time according to the obtained expected time and the actual time when the first data arrives at the access network device The advance amount, the timing advance amount is the difference between the expected time and the actual time, and the access network device further determines the actual PDB according to the obtained timing advance amount and the expected PDB.
需要说明的是,从接入网设备的角度来说,第一周期也可以为第一数据所属的业务的数据到达接入网设备的周期。It should be noted that, from the perspective of the access network device, the first period may also be a period when the data of the service to which the first data belongs arrives at the access network device.
结合第一方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述接入网设备接收第一数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第一信息;所述接入网设备获取第一信息,包括:所述接入网设备通过所述包头获取所述第一信息。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: receiving, by the access network device, a header corresponding to the first data, where the header includes the first information; The acquiring the first information by the access network device includes: acquiring the first information by the access network device through the packet header.
换句话说,第一信息承载于第一数据对应的包头中。该包头为接入网设备可识别的包 头。In other words, the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data. The packet header is a packet header that can be recognized by the access network equipment.
在上述技术方案中,第一信息承载于第一数据对应的包头中。也就是说,用于确定第一数据的实际的PDB的第一信息随第一数据一起到达接入网设备。这样,在进行编码提前的数据不是周期出现的情况下,仍然可以实现调整传输数据的实际的PDB。In the above technical solution, the first information is carried in a packet header corresponding to the first data. That is to say, the first information for determining the actual PDB of the first data arrives at the access network device together with the first data. In this way, the actual PDB of the transmission data can still be adjusted in the case that the data to be coded ahead of time does not appear periodically.
结合第一方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述接入网设备接收第二数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第一信息;所述接入网设备获取第一信息,包括:所述接入网设备通过所述包头获取所述第一信息;其中,所述接入网设备接收到所述第二数据的时刻早于所述接入网设备接收到所述第一数据的时刻。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: receiving, by the access network device, a header corresponding to the second data, where the header includes the first information; The obtaining of the first information by the access network device includes: obtaining the first information by the access network device through the packet header; wherein, the moment when the access network device receives the second data is earlier than the The moment when the access network device receives the first data.
换句话说,第一信息承载于第二数据对应的包头中。该包头为接入网设备可识别的包头。在此情况下,第一数据对应的包头中可以不携带第一信息。In other words, the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data. The packet header is a packet header that can be recognized by the access network equipment. In this case, the packet header corresponding to the first data may not carry the first information.
这样,第一信息承载于第一数据之前的、第一数据所属业务的数据对应的包头中,有助于降低解析第一数据对应的包头的时延,从而降低第一数据的传输时延。In this way, the first information is carried in the header corresponding to the data of the service to which the first data belongs before the first data, which helps to reduce the delay of parsing the header corresponding to the first data, thereby reducing the transmission delay of the first data.
结合第一方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述包头包括通用封包无线服务隧道协议-用户面(general packet radio service tunnelling protocol user plane,GTP-U)包头,所述第一信息承载于所述GTP-U包头中。In combination with the first aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the header includes a general packet radio service tunneling protocol user plane (general packet radio service tunneling protocol user plane, GTP-U) header, so The first information is carried in the GTP-U packet header.
结合第一方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述接入网设备获取第一信息,包括:所述接入网设备通过协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话建立过程中的控制面信令或PDU会话修改过程中的控制面信令获取所述第一信息。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the access network device obtaining the first information includes: the access network device passing a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) The first information is acquired by control plane signaling during session establishment or control plane signaling during PDU session modification.
结合第一方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述控制面信令为N2PDU会话请求消息或N2消息。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the control plane signaling is an N2PDU session request message or an N2 message.
结合第一方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述期望的PDB是基于来自核心网设备的配置信息确定的。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the expected PDB is determined based on configuration information from a core network device.
结合第一方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述接入网设备获取第三信息;所述接入网设备根据所述第三信息确定所述第一数据;其中,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:图像群组(group of pictures,GOP)信息、第四信息、或第五信息;所述GOP信息用于指示所述第一数据的产生周期或发送周期;所述第四信息用于指示所述第一数据所属业务的数据的类型;所述第五信息用于指示所述第一数据提前第三数据进行编码,所述第三数据为在所述第一数据满足第一周期的情况下产生时刻或发送时刻早于所述第一数据的N个相邻数据,所述第一周期为所述第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期,所述N为非负整数;或者,所述第五信息用于指示所述N的数值。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: the access network device acquiring third information; the access network device determining according to the third information The first data; wherein, the third information includes at least one of the following information: image group (group of pictures, GOP) information, fourth information, or fifth information; the GOP information is used to indicate the The generation cycle or sending cycle of the first data; the fourth information is used to indicate the data type of the service to which the first data belongs; the fifth information is used to indicate that the first data is encoded in advance of the third data , the third data is N adjacent data whose generation time or sending time is earlier than the first data when the first data satisfies the first cycle, and the first cycle is the first data A generation cycle or a sending cycle of the data of the service to which it belongs, where the N is a non-negative integer; or, the fifth information is used to indicate the value of the N.
可选地,GOP信息包括一个数值,该数值的含义为每该数值数量的数据中包括一个第一数据,或者该数值用于指示每该数值数量的数据产生第一数据。第一数据可以为该数值数量的数据中的第一个数据。Optionally, the GOP information includes a numerical value, which means that every number of data of the numerical value includes one first data, or the numerical value is used to indicate that the first data is generated for every data of the numerical value. The first data may be the first data of the numerical amount of data.
第三数据为在第一数据满足第一周期的情况下产生时刻或发送时刻早于第一数据的N个相邻数据,可以理解为,第三数据满足:当第一数据未进行提前编码时产生时刻或发送时刻早于第一数据,且当第一数据进行提前编码时产生时刻或发送时刻晚于第一数据。例如,以XR业务的I帧为第一数据为例,第一GOP中的I帧提前第二GOP中的N个P帧进行编码,第二GOP为早于第一GOP、且与第一GOP相邻GOP,N个P帧即为第三 数据。The third data is N adjacent data whose generation time or sending time is earlier than the first data when the first data satisfies the first period. It can be understood that the third data satisfies: when the first data is not encoded in advance The generation time or transmission time is earlier than the first data, and when the first data is encoded in advance, the generation time or transmission time is later than the first data. For example, taking the I frame of the XR service as the first data as an example, the I frame in the first GOP is coded ahead of the N P frames in the second GOP, and the second GOP is earlier than the first GOP and has the same Adjacent GOPs, N P frames are the third data.
若第三信息包括GOP信息,则接入网设备根据GOP信息确定当前接收到的数据进行了提前编码,并调整实际的PDB。以XR视频业务为例,第一数据为I帧,即接入网设备只需要对I帧调整实际的PDB,此时接入网设备通过GOP信息确定当前接收到的数据为I帧,从而进行实际传输PDB的调整。If the third information includes GOP information, the access network device determines that the currently received data has been encoded in advance according to the GOP information, and adjusts the actual PDB. Taking the XR video service as an example, the first data is an I frame, that is, the access network device only needs to adjust the actual PDB for the I frame. At this time, the access network device determines that the currently received data is an I frame through the GOP information, so as to perform Adjustments to the actual transport PDB.
若第三信息包括第四信息,则接入网设备根据第四信息确定当前接收到的数据的类型,从而判断该数据进行了提前编码,并调整实际的PDB。以XR视频业务为例,第一数据为I帧,即接入网设备只需要对I帧调整实际的PDB,此时接入网设备通过第四信息确定当前接收到的数据是否为I帧,从而进行实际传输PDB的调整。If the third information includes the fourth information, the access network device determines the type of the currently received data according to the fourth information, thereby judging that the data has been encoded in advance, and adjusts the actual PDB. Taking the XR video service as an example, the first data is an I frame, that is, the access network device only needs to adjust the actual PDB for the I frame. At this time, the access network device determines whether the currently received data is an I frame through the fourth information. In this way, the adjustment of the actual transmission PDB is performed.
当第一数据的编码提前量大于第一周期时,接入网设备仅根据GOP信息无法准确判断第一数据的到达时刻。此时,接入网设备可以根据第五信息确定当前接收到的数据提前第三数据进行编码,并调整实际的PDB。以XR视频业务为例,第一数据为I帧,且I帧提前2个帧进行编码,此时接入网设备通过第五信息确定I帧会提前2个帧到达,从而确定当前接收到的数据是否为I帧,从而进行实际传输PDB的调整。When the coding advance of the first data is greater than the first period, the access network device cannot accurately determine the arrival time of the first data only based on the GOP information. At this time, the access network device may determine, according to the fifth information, that the currently received data is encoded ahead of the third data, and adjust the actual PDB. Taking the XR video service as an example, the first data is an I frame, and the I frame is coded 2 frames earlier. At this time, the access network device determines that the I frame will arrive 2 frames earlier through the fifth information, so as to determine the currently received Whether the data is an I frame, so as to adjust the actual transmission PDB.
考虑到存在仅对业务的部分数据进行提前编码的情况,在此情况下接入网设备需要确定该进行提前编码的数据。在上述技术方案中,接入网设备根据第三信息确定该进行提前编码的数据。Considering that there is a situation where only part of service data is coded in advance, in this case the access network device needs to determine the data to be coded in advance. In the above technical solution, the access network device determines the data to be coded in advance according to the third information.
结合第一方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述接入网设备接收第一数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第三信息;所述接入网设备获取第三信息,包括:所述接入网设备通过所述包头获取所述第三信息。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: receiving, by the access network device, a header corresponding to the first data, where the header includes the third information; The acquiring the third information by the access network device includes: acquiring the third information by the access network device through the packet header.
换句话说,第三信息承载于第一数据对应的包头中。该包头为接入网设备可识别的包头。In other words, the third information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data. The packet header is a packet header recognizable by the access network equipment.
结合第一方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述接入网设备接收第二数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第三信息;所述接入网设备获取第三信息,包括:所述接入网设备通过所述包头获取所述第三信息;其中,所述接入网设备接收到所述第二数据的时刻早于所述接入网设备接收到所述第一数据的时刻。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: receiving, by the access network device, a header corresponding to the second data, where the header includes the third information; The obtaining of the third information by the access network device includes: obtaining the third information by the access network device through the packet header; wherein, the moment when the access network device receives the second data is earlier than the time when the second data is received by the access network device The moment when the access network device receives the first data.
换句话说,第三信息承载于第一数据之前的第二数据对应的包头中。该包头为接入网设备可识别的包头。In other words, the third information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data before the first data. The packet header is a packet header that can be recognized by the access network equipment.
结合第一方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述包头包括GTP-U包头,所述第三信息承载于所述GTP-U包头中。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the header includes a GTP-U header, and the third information is carried in the GTP-U header.
结合第一方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述接入网设备获取第三信息,包括:所述接入网设备通过PDU会话建立过程中的控制面信令或PDU会话修改过程中的控制面信令获取所述第三信息。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the access network device acquires the third information, including: the access network device obtains the third information through the control plane signaling during the PDU session establishment process. Or the control plane signaling during the PDU session modification process acquires the third information.
结合第一方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述控制面信令为N2PDU会话请求消息或N2消息。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the control plane signaling is an N2PDU session request message or an N2 message.
结合第一方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述接入网设备获取第六信息,所述第六信息用于指示所述接入网设备检测所述第一信息,或者所述第六信息用于指示进行了提前编码或服务器开启了提前编码功能。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: the access network device acquiring sixth information, where the sixth information is used to indicate that the access network The device detects the first information, or the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding is performed or the server enables the advance encoding function.
结合第一方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第六信息用于指 示所述接入网设备检测所述第一信息,所述方法还包括:所述接入网设备接收第二数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第六信息;所述接入网设备获取第六信息,包括:所述接入网设备通过所述包头获取所述第六信息;其中,所述接入网设备接收到所述第二数据的时刻早于所述接入网设备接收到所述第一数据的时刻。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, and the method further includes: the receiving The network access device receives a packet header corresponding to the second data, the packet header includes the sixth information; the access network device obtaining the sixth information includes: the access network device obtaining the sixth information through the packet header ; Wherein, the time when the access network device receives the second data is earlier than the time when the access network device receives the first data.
换句话说,第六信息承载于第一数据之前的第二数据对应的包头中。该包头为接入网设备可识别的包头。In other words, the sixth information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data before the first data. The packet header is a packet header recognizable by the access network equipment.
结合第一方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第六信息用于指示进行了提前编码或服务器开启了提前编码功能,所述方法还包括:所述接入网设备接收所述第一数据的对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第六信息;所述接入网设备获取第六信息,包括:所述接入网设备通过所述包头获取所述第六信息。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding has been performed or the server has enabled the advance encoding function, and the method further includes: the accessing The network device receives the corresponding packet header of the first data, the packet header includes the sixth information; the access network device obtaining the sixth information includes: the access network device obtaining the sixth information through the packet header Six information.
换句话说,第六信息承载于第一数据对应的包头中。该包头为接入网设备可识别的包头。In other words, the sixth information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data. The packet header is a packet header recognizable by the access network equipment.
结合第一方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述包头包括GTP-U包头,所述第六信息承载于所述GTP-U包头中。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the header includes a GTP-U header, and the sixth information is carried in the GTP-U header.
结合第一方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第六信息用于指示所述接入网设备检测所述第一信息,所述接入网设备获取第六信息,包括:所述接入网设备通过PDU会话建立过程中的控制面信令或PDU会话修改过程中的控制面信令获取所述第六信息。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, and the access network device obtains the sixth The information includes: the access network device acquires the sixth information through control plane signaling during the PDU session establishment process or control plane signaling during the PDU session modification process.
结合第一方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述控制面信令为N2PDU会话请求消息或N2消息。With reference to the first aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the control plane signaling is an N2PDU session request message or an N2 message.
第二方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,所述方法可以由UPF执行,也可以由UPF中的模块或单元执行,为了描述方便,下文统一称为UPF。In a second aspect, a method for transmitting data is provided. The method may be executed by a UPF, or may be executed by modules or units in the UPF. For convenience of description, it is collectively referred to as UPF hereinafter.
所述方法包括:UPF接收第一数据和第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一数据的实际生成时刻早于所述第一数据的期望生成时刻;所述UPF发送所述第一数据和所述第一信息。The method includes: the UPF receives first data and first information, the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data; the UPF sends the The first data and the first information.
其中,第一数据的期望的生成时刻可以是基于第一周期和/或第一数据的数据编号确定的。其中,第一周期为第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期。可选地,第一数据的数据编号可以是第一数据对应的帧号。Wherein, the expected generation time of the first data may be determined based on the first period and/or the data number of the first data. Wherein, the first period is a generation period or a sending period of data of the service to which the first data belongs. Optionally, the data number of the first data may be a frame number corresponding to the first data.
例如,以60Hz XR视频业务为例,XR帧的编码时刻可以认为是在0ms、16.67ms、33.3ms、50ms等,假设第一数据在第三帧编码和发送,则第一数据的期望生成时刻为33.3ms。For example, taking the 60Hz XR video service as an example, the encoding time of the XR frame can be considered as 0ms, 16.67ms, 33.3ms, 50ms, etc., assuming that the first data is encoded and sent in the third frame, then the expected generation time of the first data is 33.3ms.
第一数据的实际生成时刻早于第一数据的期望生成时刻,可以理解为,对第一数据进行了提前编码或对第一数据提前进行了编码。The actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data, and it can be understood that the first data is encoded in advance or the first data is encoded in advance.
“所述第一信息用于指示第一数据的实际生成时刻早于所述第一数据的期望生成时刻”也可以替换为“所述第一信息用于指示第一数据的实际的PDB大于所述第一数据的期望的PDB”。PDB为所述第一数据从UPF到终端的传输延迟的时间上界,也可以替换为,PDB为第一数据从UPF到终端的N6终结点可能延迟的时间上界。期望的PDB可以是由核心网设备配置的,或者说是基于来自核心网设备的配置信息确定的,例如,核心网设备为每个QoS流配置的PDB。实际的PDB可以理解为传输第一数据可使用的PDB。"The first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data" may also be replaced with "the first information is used to indicate that the actual PDB of the first data is greater than the Desired PDB for the first data". The PDB is the upper bound of the delay time of the transmission of the first data from the UPF to the terminal, or it may be replaced by the upper bound of the possible delay time of the first data from the UPF to the N6 termination point of the terminal. The desired PDB may be configured by the core network device, or determined based on configuration information from the core network device, for example, the PDB configured by the core network device for each QoS flow. The actual PDB can be understood as a PDB that can be used to transmit the first data.
在上述技术方案中,UPF可以传递用于指示第一数据的实际生成时刻早于所述第一数据的期望生成时刻的第一信息,使得接入网设备可以根据第一信息调整第一数据的实际的PDB,例如,可以在期望的PDB的基础上进行延长,从而可以采用更合适的PDB传输第一数据,有助于降低空口传输的压力。In the above technical solution, the UPF may transmit the first information indicating that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data, so that the access network device can adjust the time of the first data according to the first information. The actual PDB, for example, can be extended on the basis of the expected PDB, so that a more suitable PDB can be used to transmit the first data, which helps to reduce the pressure of air interface transmission.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息包括时间提前量,所述时间提前量是所述实际生成时刻与所述期望生成时刻之间的时间差。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first information includes a time advance, where the time advance is a time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time.
例如,实际的PDB可以是期望的PDB与时间提前量之和。For example, the actual PDB may be the sum of the desired PDB and the timing advance.
又例如,实际的PDB可以是期望的PDB与第一时长之和,第一时长是小于时间提前量且不为0的任意时长。For another example, the actual PDB may be the sum of the expected PDB and the first duration, and the first duration is any duration that is less than the timing advance and is not zero.
需要说明的是,时间提前量是实际生成时刻与期望生成时刻之间的时间差,也可以替换为,时间提前量是第一数据的实际的PDB与第一数据的期望的PDB的差值。It should be noted that the time advance is the time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time, and may be replaced by the time advance being the difference between the actual PDB of the first data and the expected PDB of the first data.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息包括第一周期,所述第一周期为所述第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first information includes a first period, and the first period is a generation period or a sending period of data of a service to which the first data belongs.
结合第二方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述UPF发送所述第一信息,包括:所述UPF通过所述第一数据对应的包头发送所述第一信息。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the UPF sending the first information includes: the UPF sending the first information through a packet header corresponding to the first data .
换句话说,第一信息承载于第一数据对应的包头中。In other words, the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
在上述技术方案中,第一信息承载于第一数据对应的包头中。也就是说,用于确定第一数据的实际的PDB的第一信息随第一数据一起发送。这样,在进行编码提前的数据不是周期出现的情况下,仍然可以实现调整传输数据的实际的PDB。In the above technical solution, the first information is carried in a packet header corresponding to the first data. That is to say, the first information for determining the actual PDB of the first data is sent together with the first data. In this way, the actual PDB of the transmission data can still be adjusted in the case that the data to be coded ahead of time does not appear periodically.
结合第二方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述UPF发送所述第一信息,包括:所述UPF通过第二数据对应的包头发送所述第一信息,所述UPF接收到所述第二数据的时刻早于所述UPF接收到所述第一数据的时刻。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the UPF sending the first information includes: the UPF sending the first information through a packet header corresponding to the second data, so The time when the UPF receives the second data is earlier than the time when the UPF receives the first data.
换句话说,第一信息承载于第二数据对应的包头中。在此情况下,第一数据对应的包头中可以不携带第一信息。In other words, the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data. In this case, the packet header corresponding to the first data may not carry the first information.
这样,第一信息承载于第一数据之前的第一数据所属业务的第一个数据对应的包头中,使得第一数据对应的包头可以不携带第一信息,有助于减小第一数据对应的包头的大小,从而降低空口传输的压力。In this way, the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data of the service to which the first data belongs before the first data, so that the packet header corresponding to the first data does not need to carry the first information, which helps to reduce the corresponding data of the first data. The size of the packet header, thereby reducing the pressure of air interface transmission.
结合第二方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述包头包括GTP-U包头,所述第一信息承载于所述GTP-U包头中。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the header includes a GTP-U header, and the first information is carried in the GTP-U header.
结合第二方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述UPF接收第一信息,包括:所述UPF接收所述第一数据的应用层包头,所述第一信息承载于所述应用层包头中;所述方法还包括:所述UPF从所述应用层包头获取所述第一信息;所述UPF将所述第一信息编码至所述GTP-U包头中。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the UPF receiving the first information includes: the UPF receiving the application layer header of the first data, the first information carrying in the application layer header; the method further includes: the UPF obtaining the first information from the application layer header; the UPF encoding the first information into the GTP-U header.
结合第二方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述UPF接收第三信息;所述UPF发送所述第三信息;其中,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:GOP信息、第四信息、或第五信息;所述GOP信息用于指示所述第一数据的产生周期或发送周期;所述第四信息用于指示所述第一数据所属业务的数据的类型;所述第五信息用于指示所述第一数据提前第三数据进行编码,所述第三数据为在所述第一数据满足第一周期的情况下产生时刻或发送时刻早于所述第一数据的N个相邻数据,所述 第一周期为所述第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期,所述N为非负整数;或者,所述第五信息用于指示所述N的数值。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: the UPF receiving third information; the UPF sending the third information; wherein, the third The information includes at least one of the following information: GOP information, fourth information, or fifth information; the GOP information is used to indicate the generation cycle or sending cycle of the first data; the fourth information is used to indicate the The type of data of the business to which the first data belongs; the fifth information is used to indicate that the first data is encoded in advance of the third data, and the third data is generated when the first data meets the first cycle The time or sending time is earlier than N adjacent data of the first data, the first cycle is the data generation cycle or sending cycle of the service to which the first data belongs, and the N is a non-negative integer; or , the fifth information is used to indicate the value of N.
可选地,GOP信息包括一个数值,该数值的含义为每该数值数量的数据中包括一个第一数据,或者该数值用于指示每该数值数量的数据产生第一数据。第一数据可以为该数值数量的数据中的第一个数据。Optionally, the GOP information includes a numerical value, which means that every number of data of the numerical value includes one first data, or the numerical value is used to indicate that the first data is generated for every data of the numerical value. The first data may be the first data of the numerical amount of data.
第三数据为在第一数据满足第一周期的情况下产生时刻或发送时刻早于第一数据的N个相邻数据,可以理解为,第三数据满足:当第一数据未进行提前编码时产生时刻或发送时刻早于第一数据,且当第一数据进行提前编码时产生时刻或发送时刻晚于第一数据。例如,以XR业务的I帧为第一数据为例,第一GOP中的I帧提前第二GOP中的N个P帧进行编码,第二GOP为早于第一GOP、且与第一GOP相邻GOP,N个P帧即为第三数据。The third data is N adjacent data whose generation time or sending time is earlier than the first data when the first data satisfies the first period. It can be understood that the third data satisfies: when the first data is not encoded in advance The generation time or transmission time is earlier than the first data, and when the first data is encoded in advance, the generation time or transmission time is later than the first data. For example, taking the I frame of the XR service as the first data as an example, the I frame in the first GOP is coded ahead of the N P frames in the second GOP, and the second GOP is earlier than the first GOP and has the same Adjacent GOPs, N P frames are the third data.
考虑到存在仅对业务的部分数据进行提前编码的情况,在此情况下接入网设备需要确定该进行提前编码的数据。通过上述技术方案使得接入网设备可以根据第三信息确定该进行提前编码的数据。Considering that there is a situation where only part of service data is coded in advance, in this case the access network device needs to determine the data to be coded in advance. Through the above technical solution, the access network device can determine the data to be coded in advance according to the third information.
结合第二方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述UPF发送所述第三信息,包括:所述UPF通过所述第一数据对应的包头发送所述第三信息。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the UPF sending the third information includes: the UPF sending the third information through a packet header corresponding to the first data .
换句话说,第三信息承载于第一数据对应的包头中。In other words, the third information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
结合第二方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述UPF发送所述第三信息,包括:所述UPF通过第二数据对应的包头发送所述第三信息,所述UPF接收到所述第二数据的时刻早于所述UPF接收到所述第一数据的时刻。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the UPF sending the third information includes: the UPF sending the third information through a packet header corresponding to the second data, so The time when the UPF receives the second data is earlier than the time when the UPF receives the first data.
换句话说,第三信息承载于第一数据之前的第二数据对应的包头中。In other words, the third information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data before the first data.
结合第二方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述包头包括GTP-U包头,所述第三信息承载于所述GTP-U包头中。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the header includes a GTP-U header, and the third information is carried in the GTP-U header.
结合第二方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述UPF接收第六信息;所述UPF发送所述第六消息;其中,所述第六信息用于指示接入网设备检测所述第一信息,或者所述第六信息用于指示进行了提前编码或服务器开启了提前编码功能。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: the UPF receiving sixth information; the UPF sending the sixth message; wherein, the sixth The information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, or the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding is performed or the server enables the advance encoding function.
结合第二方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第六信息用于指示接入网设备检测所述第一信息,所述UPF发送所述第六信息,包括:所述UPF通过第二数据对应的包头发送所述第六信息,所述UPF接收到所述第二数据的时刻早于所述UPF接收到所述第一数据的时刻。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the sixth information is used to instruct an access network device to detect the first information, and the UPF sending the sixth information includes : The UPF sends the sixth information through a packet header corresponding to the second data, and the time when the UPF receives the second data is earlier than the time when the UPF receives the first data.
换句话说,第六信息承载于第一数据之前的第二数据对应的包头中。In other words, the sixth information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data before the first data.
结合第二方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第六信息用于指示进行了提前编码或服务器开启了提前编码功能,所述UPF发送所述第六信息,包括:所述UPF通过所述第一数据的对应的包头发送所述第六信息。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding is performed or the server enables the advance encoding function, and the UPF sends the sixth information, The method includes: the UPF sending the sixth information through a corresponding packet header of the first data.
换句话说,第六信息承载于第一数据对应的包头中。该包头为接入网设备可识别的包头。In other words, the sixth information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data. The packet header is a packet header that can be recognized by the access network equipment.
结合第二方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述包头包括GTP-U包头,所述第六信息承载于所述GTP-U包头中。With reference to the second aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the header includes a GTP-U header, and the sixth information is carried in the GTP-U header.
第三方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,所述方法可以由服务器执行,也可以由服务器中的模块或单元执行,为了描述方便,下文统一称为服务器。In a third aspect, a method for transmitting data is provided. The method may be executed by a server, or may be executed by a module or unit in the server. For convenience of description, the method is collectively referred to as a server hereinafter.
所述方法包括:服务器确定第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一数据的实际生成时刻早于所述第一数据的期望生成时刻;所述服务器发送所述第一信息。The method includes: the server determines first information, and the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data; and the server sends the first information.
其中,第一数据的期望的生成时刻可以是基于第一周期和/或第一数据的数据编号确定的。其中,第一周期为第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期。可选地,第一数据的数据编号可以是第一数据对应的帧号。Wherein, the expected generation time of the first data may be determined based on the first period and/or the data number of the first data. Wherein, the first period is a generation period or a sending period of data of the service to which the first data belongs. Optionally, the data number of the first data may be a frame number corresponding to the first data.
例如,以60Hz XR视频业务为例,XR帧的编码时刻可以认为是在0ms、16.67ms、33.3ms、50ms等,假设第一数据在第三帧编码和发送,则第一数据的期望生成时刻为33.3ms。For example, taking the 60Hz XR video service as an example, the encoding time of the XR frame can be considered as 0ms, 16.67ms, 33.3ms, 50ms, etc., assuming that the first data is encoded and sent in the third frame, then the expected generation time of the first data is 33.3ms.
第一数据的实际生成时刻早于第一数据的期望生成时刻,可以理解为,对第一数据进行了提前编码或对第一数据提前进行了编码。The actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data, and it can be understood that the first data is encoded in advance or the first data is encoded in advance.
“所述第一信息用于指示第一数据的实际生成时刻早于所述第一数据的期望生成时刻”也可以替换为“所述第一信息用于指示第一数据的实际的PDB大于所述第一数据的期望的PDB”。PDB为所述第一数据从UPF到终端的传输延迟的时间上界,也可以替换为,PDB为第一数据从UPF到终端的N6终结点可能延迟的时间上界。期望的PDB可以是由核心网设备配置的,或者说是基于来自核心网设备的配置信息确定的,例如,核心网设备为每个QoS流配置的PDB。实际的PDB可以理解为传输第一数据可使用的PDB。"The first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data" may also be replaced with "the first information is used to indicate that the actual PDB of the first data is greater than the Desired PDB for the first data". The PDB is the upper bound of the delay time of the transmission of the first data from the UPF to the terminal, or it may be replaced by the upper bound of the possible delay time of the first data from the UPF to the N6 termination point of the terminal. The desired PDB may be configured by the core network device, or determined based on configuration information from the core network device, for example, the PDB configured by the core network device for each QoS flow. The actual PDB can be understood as a PDB that can be used to transmit the first data.
在上述技术方案中,服务器可以传递用于指示第一数据的实际生成时刻早于所述第一数据的期望生成时刻的第一信息,使得接入网设备可以根据第一信息调整第一数据的实际的PDB,例如,可以在期望的PDB的基础上进行延长,从而可以采用更合适的PDB传输第一数据,有助于降低空口传输的压力。In the above technical solution, the server may transmit the first information indicating that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data, so that the access network device can adjust the time of the first data according to the first information. The actual PDB, for example, can be extended on the basis of the expected PDB, so that a more suitable PDB can be used to transmit the first data, which helps to reduce the pressure of air interface transmission.
结合第三方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息包括时间提前量,所述时间提前量是所述实际生成时刻与所述期望生成时刻之间的时间差。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first information includes a time advance, where the time advance is a time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time.
例如,实际的PDB可以是期望的PDB与时间提前量之和。For example, the actual PDB may be the sum of the desired PDB and the timing advance.
又例如,实际的PDB可以是期望的PDB与第一时长之和,第一时长是小于时间提前量且不为0的任意时长。For another example, the actual PDB may be the sum of the expected PDB and the first duration, and the first duration is any duration that is less than the timing advance and is not zero.
需要说明的是,时间提前量是实际生成时刻与期望生成时刻之间的时间差,也可以替换为,时间提前量是第一数据的实际的PDB与第一数据的期望的PDB的差值。It should be noted that the time advance is the time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time, and may be replaced by the time advance being the difference between the actual PDB of the first data and the expected PDB of the first data.
结合第三方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息包括第一周期,所述第一周期为所述第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first information includes a first period, and the first period is a generation period or a sending period of data of a service to which the first data belongs.
结合第三方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述服务器发送所述第一信息,包括:所述服务器通过所述第一数据对应的包头发送所述第一信息。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the server sending the first information includes: the server sending the first information through a packet header corresponding to the first data .
换句话说,第一信息承载于第一数据对应的包头中。In other words, the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
在上述技术方案中,第一信息承载于第一数据对应的包头中。也就是说,用于确定第一数据的实际的PDB的第一信息随第一数据一起发送。这样,在进行编码提前的数据不是周期出现的情况下,仍然可以实现调整传输数据的实际的PDB。In the above technical solution, the first information is carried in a packet header corresponding to the first data. That is to say, the first information for determining the actual PDB of the first data is sent together with the first data. In this way, the actual PDB of the transmission data can still be adjusted in the case that the data to be coded ahead of time does not appear periodically.
结合第三方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述服务器发送所述第一信息,包括:所述服务器通过第二数据对应的包头发送所述第一信息,所述服务器发 送所述第二数据的时刻早于所述服务器发送所述第一数据的时刻。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the server sending the first information includes: the server sending the first information through a packet header corresponding to the second data, so The time when the server sends the second data is earlier than the time when the server sends the first data.
换句话说,第一信息承载于第二数据对应的包头中。在此情况下,第一数据对应的包头中可以不携带第一信息。In other words, the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data. In this case, the packet header corresponding to the first data may not carry the first information.
这样,第一信息承载于第一数据之前的、第一数据所属业务的数据对应的包头中,有助于降低解析第一数据对应的包头的时延,从而降低第一数据的传输时延。In this way, the first information is carried in the header corresponding to the data of the service to which the first data belongs before the first data, which helps to reduce the delay of parsing the header corresponding to the first data, thereby reducing the transmission delay of the first data.
结合第三方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述包头包括应用层包头,所述第一信息承载于所述应用层包头中。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the header includes an application layer header, and the first information is carried in the application layer header.
结合第三方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述服务器发送第一信息,包括:所述服务器通过PDU会话建立过程中的控制面信令或PDU会话修改过程中的控制面信令发送所述第一信息。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the server sends the first information, including: the server sends the first information through control plane signaling during the PDU session establishment process or during the PDU session modification process. Send the first information through control plane signaling.
结合第三方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述服务器确定第三信息;所述服务器发送所述第三信息;其中,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:GOP信息、第四信息、或第五信息;所述GOP信息用于指示所述第一数据的产生周期或发送周期;所述第四信息用于指示所述第一数据所属业务数据的类型;所述第五信息用于指示所述第一数据提前第三数据进行编码,所述第三数据为在所述第一数据满足第一周期的情况下产生时刻或发送时刻早于所述第一数据的N个相邻数据,所述第一周期为所述第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期,所述N为非负整数;或者,所述第五信息用于指示所述N的数值。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: the server determining third information; the server sending the third information; wherein, the third The information includes at least one of the following information: GOP information, fourth information, or fifth information; the GOP information is used to indicate the generation cycle or sending cycle of the first data; the fourth information is used to indicate the The type of business data to which the first data belongs; the fifth information is used to indicate that the first data is encoded in advance of the third data, and the third data is the generation time when the first data satisfies the first period Or the sending time is earlier than N adjacent data of the first data, the first cycle is the data generation cycle or sending cycle of the service to which the first data belongs, and the N is a non-negative integer; or, The fifth information is used to indicate the value of N.
可选地,GOP信息包括一个数值,该数值的含义为每该数值数量的数据中包括一个第一数据,或者该数值用于指示每该数值数量的数据产生第一数据。第一数据可以为该数值数量的数据中的第一个数据。Optionally, the GOP information includes a numerical value, which means that every number of data of the numerical value includes one first data, or the numerical value is used to indicate that the first data is generated for every data of the numerical value. The first data may be the first data of the numerical amount of data.
第三数据为在第一数据满足第一周期的情况下产生时刻或发送时刻早于第一数据的N个相邻数据,可以理解为,第三数据满足:当第一数据未进行提前编码时在第一数据之前,且当第一数据进行提前编码时在第一数据之后。例如,以XR业务的I帧为第一数据为例,第一GOP中的I帧提前第二GOP中的N个P帧进行编码,第二GOP为早于第一GOP、且与第一GOP相邻GOP,N个P帧即为第三数据。The third data is N adjacent data whose generation time or sending time is earlier than the first data when the first data satisfies the first period. It can be understood that the third data satisfies: when the first data is not encoded in advance Before the first data, and after the first data when the first data is precoded. For example, taking the I frame of the XR service as the first data as an example, the I frame in the first GOP is coded ahead of the N P frames in the second GOP, and the second GOP is earlier than the first GOP and has the same Adjacent GOPs, N P frames are the third data.
考虑到存在仅对业务的部分数据进行提前编码的情况,在此情况下接入网设备需要确定该进行提前编码的数据。通过上述技术方案使得接入网设备可以根据第三信息确定该进行提前编码的数据。Considering that there is a situation where only part of service data is coded in advance, in this case the access network device needs to determine the data to be coded in advance. Through the above technical solution, the access network device can determine the data to be coded in advance according to the third information.
结合第三方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述服务器发送所述第三信息,包括:所述服务器通过所述第一数据对应的包头发送所述第三信息。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the server sending the third information includes: the server sending the third information through a packet header corresponding to the first data .
换句话说,第三信息承载于第一数据对应的包头中。In other words, the third information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
结合第三方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述服务器发送所述第三信息,包括:所述服务器通过第二数据对应的包头发送所述第三信息,所述服务器接收到所述第二数据的时刻早于所述服务器接收到所述第一数据的时刻。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the server sending the third information includes: the server sending the third information through a header corresponding to the second data, so The time when the server receives the second data is earlier than the time when the server receives the first data.
换句话说,第三信息承载于第一数据之前的第二数据对应的包头中。In other words, the third information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data before the first data.
结合第三方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述包头包括应用层包头,所述第三信息承载于所述应用层包头中。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the header includes an application layer header, and the third information is carried in the application layer header.
结合第三方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述服务器发送所述 第三信息,包括:所述服务器通过PDU会话建立过程中的控制面信令或PDU会话修改过程中的控制面信令发送所述第三信息。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the server sends the third information, including: the server modifies the PDU session through control plane signaling or PDU session establishment. The control plane signaling in the process sends the third information.
结合第三方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述服务器确定第六信息;所述服务器发送所述第六信息,所述第六信息用于指示接入网设备检测所述第一信息,或者所述第六信息用于指示进行了提前编码或服务器开启了提前编码功能。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: the server determines sixth information; the server sends the sixth information, and the sixth information uses It is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, or the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding is performed or the server enables the advance encoding function.
结合第三方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第六信息用于指示接入网设备检测所述第一信息,所述服务器发送所述第六信息,包括:所述服务器通过第二数据对应的包头发送所述第六信息,所述服务器发送所述第二数据的时刻早于所述服务器发送所述第一数据的时刻。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, and the server sends the sixth information, including : the server sends the sixth information through a packet header corresponding to the second data, and the time when the server sends the second data is earlier than the time when the server sends the first data.
换句话说,第六信息承载于第一数据之前的第二数据对应的包头中。In other words, the sixth information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data before the first data.
结合第三方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第六信息用于指示进行了提前编码或服务器开启了提前编码功能,所述服务器发送所述第六信息,包括:所述服务器通过所述第一数据对应的包头发送所述第六信息。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding is performed or the server enables the advance encoding function, and the server sends the sixth information, The method includes: sending, by the server, the sixth information through a packet header corresponding to the first data.
换句话说,第六信息承载于第一数据对应的包头中。In other words, the sixth information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
结合第三方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述包头包括应用层包头,所述第一信息承载于所述应用层包头中。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation manner thereof, in another possible implementation manner, the header includes an application layer header, and the first information is carried in the application layer header.
结合第三方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第六信息用于指示接入网设备检测所述第一信息,所述服务器发送所述第六信息,包括:所述服务器通过PDU会话建立过程中的控制面信令或PDU会话修改过程中的控制面信令发送所述第六信息。With reference to the third aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, and the server sends the sixth information, including : the server sends the sixth information through control plane signaling during the establishment of the PDU session or control plane signaling during the modification of the PDU session.
第四方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,所述方法可以由第一设备执行,也可以由第一设备中的模块或单元执行,为了描述方便,下文统一称为第一设备。在第四方面中,第一设备为第一终端,第二设备为第二终端。In a fourth aspect, a method for transmitting data is provided. The method may be executed by a first device, or may be executed by a module or unit in the first device. For convenience of description, the method is collectively referred to as the first device hereinafter. In the fourth aspect, the first device is a first terminal, and the second device is a second terminal.
所述方法包括:第一终端获取第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一数据的实际生成时刻早于所述第一数据的期望生成时刻;所述第一终端获取第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示期望的包时延预算PDB,所述PDB为所述第一数据从所述第一终端到第二终端的传输延迟的时间上界;所述第一终端根据所述第一信息和所述第二信息,确定实际的PDB;所述第一终端根据所述实际的PDB发送所述第一数据。The method includes: the first terminal acquires first information, the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data; the first terminal acquires second information, The second information is used to indicate an expected packet delay budget PDB, where the PDB is an upper bound of the transmission delay of the first data from the first terminal to the second terminal; the first terminal according to the The first information and the second information are used to determine an actual PDB; the first terminal sends the first data according to the actual PDB.
其中,第一数据的期望的生成时刻可以是基于第一周期和/或第一数据的数据编号确定的,第一周期为第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期。Wherein, the expected generation time of the first data may be determined based on a first period and/or a data number of the first data, and the first period is a generation period or a sending period of data of the service to which the first data belongs.
第一数据的实际生成时刻早于第一数据的期望生成时刻,可以理解为,对第一数据进行了提前编码或对第一数据提前进行了编码。The actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data, and it can be understood that the first data is encoded in advance or the first data is encoded in advance.
“所述第一信息用于指示第一数据的实际生成时刻早于所述第一数据的期望生成时刻”也可以替换为“所述第一信息用于指示第一数据的实际的PDB大于所述第一数据的期望的PDB”。"The first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data" may also be replaced with "the first information is used to indicate that the actual PDB of the first data is greater than the Desired PDB for the first data".
在上述技术方案中,在第一数据的实际生成时刻早于所述第一数据的期望生成时刻的情况下,第一终端可以调整第一数据的实际的PDB,例如,可以在期望的PDB的基础上进行延长,从而可以采用更合适的PDB传输第一数据,有助于降低传输压力。In the above technical solution, in the case that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data, the first terminal may adjust the actual PDB of the first data, for example, at the expected PDB Based on the extension, a more suitable PDB can be used to transmit the first data, which helps to reduce transmission pressure.
结合第四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息包括时间提前量,所述时间提前量是所述实际生成时刻与所述期望生成时刻之间的时间差;所述第一终端根据所述第一信息和所述第二信息,确定实际的PDB,包括:所述第一终端根据所述时间提前量和所述期望的PDB,确定所述实际的PDB。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first information includes a time advance, where the time advance is a time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time; the first The terminal determining the actual PDB according to the first information and the second information includes: the first terminal determining the actual PDB according to the timing advance and the expected PDB.
例如,实际的PDB可以是期望的PDB与时间提前量之和。For example, the actual PDB may be the sum of the desired PDB and the timing advance.
又例如,实际的PDB可以是期望的PDB与第一时长之和,第一时长是小于时间提前量且不为0的任意时长。For another example, the actual PDB may be the sum of the expected PDB and the first duration, and the first duration is any duration that is less than the timing advance and is not zero.
需要说明的是,时间提前量是实际生成时刻与期望生成时刻之间的时间差,也可以替换为,时间提前量是第一数据的实际的PDB与第一数据的期望的PDB的差值。It should be noted that the time advance is the time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time, and may be replaced by the time advance being the difference between the actual PDB of the first data and the expected PDB of the first data.
结合第四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信息包括第一周期,所述第一周期为所述第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期;所述第一终端根据所述第一信息和所述第二信息,确定实际的PDB,包括:所述第一终端根据所述第一周期和所述期望的PDB,确定所述实际的PDB。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first information includes a first cycle, and the first cycle is a data generation cycle or a sending cycle of the service to which the first data belongs; the first A terminal determining an actual PDB according to the first information and the second information includes: the first terminal determining the actual PDB according to the first period and the expected PDB.
例如,第一终端可以根据第一周期确定发送第一数据的预期时间,进一步地第一终端根据得到的预期时间以及发送第一数据的实际时间,确定时间提前量,时间提前量为预期时间与实际时间的差值,进一步地第一终端根据得到的时间提前量和期望的PDB确定实际的PDB。For example, the first terminal may determine the expected time for sending the first data according to the first period, and further, the first terminal may determine a time advance according to the obtained expected time and the actual time for sending the first data, and the time advance is the expected time and the actual time for sending the first data. The actual time difference, and further, the first terminal determines the actual PDB according to the obtained time advance and the expected PDB.
结合第四方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一终端获取第一数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第一信息;所述第一终端获取第一信息,包括:所述第一终端通过所述包头获取所述第一信息。With reference to the fourth aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: the first terminal acquiring a header corresponding to the first data, where the header includes the first information; The first terminal obtaining the first information includes: the first terminal obtaining the first information through the packet header.
换句话说,第一信息承载于第一数据对应的包头中。In other words, the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
在上述技术方案中,第一信息承载于第一数据对应的包头中。也就是说,用于确定第一数据的实际的PDB的第一信息随第一数据一起在第一终端中传递。这样,在进行编码提前的数据不是周期出现的情况下,仍然可以实现调整传输数据的实际的PDB。In the above technical solution, the first information is carried in a packet header corresponding to the first data. That is to say, the first information used to determine the actual PDB of the first data is transmitted in the first terminal along with the first data. In this way, the actual PDB of the transmission data can still be adjusted in the case that the data to be coded ahead of time does not appear periodically.
结合第四方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一终端获取第二数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第一信息;所述第一终端获取第一信息,包括:所述第一终端通过所述包头获取所述第一信息;其中,所述第一终端获取到所述第二数据的时刻早于所述第一终端获取到所述第一数据的时刻。With reference to the fourth aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: the first terminal acquiring a header corresponding to the second data, where the header includes the first information; The obtaining of the first information by the first terminal includes: obtaining the first information by the first terminal through the packet header; wherein, the time at which the first terminal obtains the second data is earlier than that of the first terminal The moment when the first data is acquired.
换句话说,第一信息承载于第二数据对应的包头中。在此情况下,第一数据对应的包头中可以不携带第一信息。In other words, the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data. In this case, the packet header corresponding to the first data may not carry the first information.
这样,第一信息承载于第一数据之前的第一数据所属业务的第一个数据对应的包头中,使得第一数据对应的包头可以不携带第一信息,有助于减小第一数据对应的包头的大小,从而降低传输压力。In this way, the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data of the service to which the first data belongs before the first data, so that the packet header corresponding to the first data does not need to carry the first information, which helps to reduce the corresponding data of the first data. The size of the packet header, thereby reducing the transmission pressure.
结合第四方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述期望的PDB是基于来自核心网设备的配置信息确定的,或者所述期望的PDB是所述第一终端基于业务类型的确定的。With reference to the fourth aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the expected PDB is determined based on configuration information from the core network device, or the expected PDB is determined by the first terminal based on The type of business is determined.
结合第四方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一终端获取第三信息;所述第一终端根据所述第三信息确定所述第一数据;其中,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:GOP信息、第四信息、或第五信息;所述GOP 信息用于指示所述第一数据的产生周期或发送周期;所述第四信息用于指示所述第一数据所属业务的数据的类型;所述第五信息用于指示所述第一数据提前第三数据进行编码,所述第三数据为在所述第一数据满足第一周期的情况下产生时刻或发送时刻早于所述第一数据的N个相邻数据,所述第一周期为所述第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期,所述N为非负整数;或者,所述第五信息用于指示所述N的数值。With reference to the fourth aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: the first terminal acquiring third information; the first terminal determining the First data; wherein, the third information includes at least one of the following information: GOP information, fourth information, or fifth information; the GOP information is used to indicate the generation period or transmission period of the first data; The fourth information is used to indicate the data type of the service to which the first data belongs; the fifth information is used to indicate that the first data is encoded in advance of the third data, and the third data is encoded in the first data When a piece of data satisfies the first period, the generation time or transmission time is earlier than N adjacent data of the first data, and the first period is the generation period or transmission period of the data of the service to which the first data belongs , the N is a non-negative integer; or, the fifth information is used to indicate the value of N.
可选地,GOP信息包括一个数值,该数值的含义为每该数值数量的数据中包括一个第一数据,或者该数值用于指示每该数值数量的数据产生第一数据。第一数据可以为该数值数量的数据中的第一个数据。Optionally, the GOP information includes a numerical value, which means that every number of data of the numerical value includes one first data, or the numerical value is used to indicate that the first data is generated for every data of the numerical value. The first data may be the first data of the numerical amount of data.
第三数据为在第一数据满足第一周期的情况下产生时刻或发送时刻早于第一数据的N个相邻数据,可以理解为,第三数据满足:当第一数据未进行提前编码时产生时刻或发送时刻早于第一数据,且当第一数据进行提前编码时产生时刻或发送时刻晚于第一数据。例如,以XR业务的I帧为第一数据为例,第一GOP中的I帧提前第二GOP中的N个P帧进行编码,第二GOP为早于第一GOP、且与第一GOP相邻GOP,N个P帧即为第三数据。The third data is N adjacent data whose generation time or sending time is earlier than the first data when the first data satisfies the first period. It can be understood that the third data satisfies: when the first data is not encoded in advance The generation time or transmission time is earlier than the first data, and when the first data is encoded in advance, the generation time or transmission time is later than the first data. For example, taking the I frame of the XR service as the first data as an example, the I frame in the first GOP is coded ahead of the N P frames in the second GOP, and the second GOP is earlier than the first GOP and has the same Adjacent GOPs, N P frames are the third data.
若第三信息包括GOP信息,则第一终端根据GOP信息确定当前的数据进行了提前编码,并调整实际的PDB。以XR视频业务为例,第一数据为I帧,即第一终端只需要对I帧调整实际的PDB,此时第一终端通过GOP信息确定当前的数据为I帧,从而进行实际传输PDB的调整。If the third information includes GOP information, the first terminal determines that the current data has been encoded in advance according to the GOP information, and adjusts the actual PDB. Taking the XR video service as an example, the first data is an I frame, that is, the first terminal only needs to adjust the actual PDB for the I frame. At this time, the first terminal determines that the current data is an I frame through the GOP information, so as to actually transmit the PDB Adjustment.
若第三信息包括第四信息,则第一终端根据第四信息确定当前的数据的类型,从而判断该数据进行了提前编码,并调整实际的PDB。以XR视频业务为例,第一数据为I帧,即第一终端只需要对I帧调整实际的PDB,此时第一终端通过第四信息确定当前接收到的数据是否为I帧,从而进行实际传输PDB的调整。If the third information includes the fourth information, the first terminal determines the type of the current data according to the fourth information, thereby judging that the data has been encoded in advance, and adjusts the actual PDB. Taking the XR video service as an example, the first data is an I frame, that is, the first terminal only needs to adjust the actual PDB for the I frame. At this time, the first terminal determines whether the currently received data is an I frame through the fourth information, so as to perform Adjustments to the actual transport PDB.
当第一数据的编码提前量大于第一周期时,第一终端仅根据GOP信息无法准确判断第一数据的发送时刻。此时,第一终端可以根据第五信息确定当前接的数据提前第三数据进行编码,并调整实际的PDB。以XR视频业务为例,第一数据为I帧,且I帧提前2个帧进行编码,此时第一终端通过第五信息确定I帧会提前2个帧发送,从而确定当前的数据是否为I帧,从而进行实际传输PDB的调整。When the encoding advance of the first data is greater than the first cycle, the first terminal cannot accurately determine the sending time of the first data only according to the GOP information. At this time, the first terminal may determine, according to the fifth information, that the currently received data is encoded ahead of the third data, and adjust the actual PDB. Taking the XR video service as an example, the first data is an I frame, and the I frame is encoded 2 frames in advance. At this time, the first terminal determines through the fifth information that the I frame will be sent 2 frames in advance, so as to determine whether the current data is I frame, so as to adjust the actual transmission PDB.
考虑到存在仅对业务的部分数据进行提前编码的情况,在此情况下第一终端需要确定该进行提前编码的数据。在上述技术方案中,第一终端根据第三信息确定该进行提前编码的数据。Considering that there is a situation where only part of the data of the service is coded in advance, in this case the first terminal needs to determine the data to be coded in advance. In the above technical solution, the first terminal determines the data to be coded in advance according to the third information.
结合第四方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一终端获取所述第一数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第三信息;所述第一终端获取第三信息,包括:所述第一终端通过所述包头获取所述第三信息。With reference to the fourth aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: the first terminal obtaining a packet header corresponding to the first data, where the packet header includes the third information ; The acquiring the third information by the first terminal includes: acquiring the third information by the first terminal through the packet header.
换句话说,第三信息承载于第一数据对应的包头中。In other words, the third information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
结合第四方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一终端获取第二数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第三信息;所述第一终端获取第三信息,包括:所述第一终端通过所述包头获取所述第三信息;其中,所述第一终端获取到所述第二数据的时刻早于所述第一终端获取到所述第一数据的时刻。With reference to the fourth aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: the first terminal acquires a header corresponding to the second data, where the header includes the third information; The obtaining of the third information by the first terminal includes: obtaining the third information by the first terminal through the packet header; wherein, the time at which the first terminal obtains the second data is earlier than that of the first terminal The moment when the first data is acquired.
换句话说,第三信息承载于第一数据之前的第二数据对应的包头中。In other words, the third information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data before the first data.
结合第四方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一终端获取第六信息,所述第六信息用于指示所述第一终端检测所述第一信息,或者所述第六信息用于指示进行了提前编码或服务器开启了提前编码功能。With reference to the fourth aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the method further includes: the first terminal acquiring sixth information, where the sixth information is used to instruct the first terminal to detect The first information or the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding is performed or the server enables the advance encoding function.
结合第四方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第六信息用于指示所述第一终端检测所述第一信息,所述方法还包括:所述第一终端获取第二数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第六信息;所述第一终端获取第六信息,包括:所述第一终端通过所述包头获取所述第六信息;其中,所述第一终端发送所述第二数据的时刻早于所述第一终端发送所述第一数据的时刻。With reference to the fourth aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the sixth information is used to instruct the first terminal to detect the first information, and the method further includes: the first The terminal obtains the packet header corresponding to the second data, the packet header includes the sixth information; the first terminal obtains the sixth information, including: the first terminal obtains the sixth information through the packet header; wherein, the The time when the first terminal sends the second data is earlier than the time when the first terminal sends the first data.
换句话说,第六信息承载于第一数据之前的第二数据对应的包头中。In other words, the sixth information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data before the first data.
结合第四方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第六信息用于指示进行了提前编码或服务器开启了提前编码功能,所述方法还包括:所述第一终端获取所述第一数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第六信息;所述第一终端获取第六信息,包括:所述第一终端通过所述包头获取所述第六信息。With reference to the fourth aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding is performed or the server enables the advance encoding function, and the method further includes: the first Obtaining, by the terminal, a header corresponding to the first data, where the header includes the sixth information; and obtaining the sixth information by the first terminal includes: obtaining, by the first terminal, the sixth information through the header.
换句话说,第六信息承载于第一数据对应的包头中。In other words, the sixth information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
结合第四方面或其任意实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述包头为应用层包头。With reference to the fourth aspect or any implementation thereof, in another possible implementation, the header is an application layer header.
第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置用于执行上述任意一方面或其实现方式提供的方法。具体地,该装置可以包括用于执行上述任意一方面或其实现方式提供的方法的单元和/或模块,如处理单元和/或通信单元。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the device is configured to execute the method provided in any one of the above aspects or its implementation manner. Specifically, the apparatus may include a unit and/or module, such as a processing unit and/or a communication unit, for performing the method provided by any of the above aspects or its implementation manner.
在一种实现方式中,该装置为接入网设备、UPF、服务器或者第一终端。当该装置为接入网设备、UPF、服务器或者第一终端时,通信单元可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口;处理单元可以是至少一个处理器。可选地,收发器为收发电路。可选地,输入/输出接口为输入/输出电路。In an implementation manner, the apparatus is an access network device, a UPF, a server, or a first terminal. When the apparatus is an access network device, a UPF, a server, or a first terminal, the communication unit may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface; the processing unit may be at least one processor. Optionally, the transceiver is a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input/output interface is an input/output circuit.
在另一种实现方式中,该装置为应用于接入网设备、UPF、服务器或者第一终端中的芯片、芯片系统或电路。当该装置为应用于接入网设备、UPF、服务器或者第一终端中的芯片、芯片系统或电路时,通信单元可以是该芯片、芯片系统或电路上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等;处理单元可以是至少一个处理器、处理电路或逻辑电路等。In another implementation manner, the apparatus is a chip, a chip system, or a circuit applied to an access network device, a UPF, a server, or a first terminal. When the device is a chip, chip system or circuit applied to access network equipment, UPF, server or first terminal, the communication unit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuits, input circuits, pins or related circuits, etc.; the processing unit may be at least one processor, processing circuit, or logic circuit, etc.
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括:存储器,用于存储程序;至少一个处理器,用于执行存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,以执行上述任意一方面或其实现方式提供的方法。According to a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, which includes: a memory for storing programs; at least one processor for executing the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, so as to perform the functions provided by any of the above aspects or its implementation methods. method.
在一种实现方式中,该装置为接入网设备、UPF、服务器或者第一终端。In an implementation manner, the apparatus is an access network device, a UPF, a server, or a first terminal.
在另一种实现方式中,该装置为应用于接入网设备、UPF、服务器或者第一终端中的芯片、芯片系统或电路。In another implementation manner, the apparatus is a chip, a chip system, or a circuit applied to an access network device, a UPF, a server, or a first terminal.
第七方面,提供了一种处理器,用于执行上述各方面提供的方法。In a seventh aspect, a processor is provided, configured to execute the methods provided in the foregoing aspects.
对于处理器所涉及的发送和获取/接收等操作,如果没有特殊说明,或者,如果未与其在相关描述中的实际作用或者内在逻辑相抵触,则可以理解为处理器输出和接收、输入等操作,也可以理解为由射频电路和天线所进行的发送和接收操作,本申请对此不做限定。For the sending and obtaining/receiving operations involved in the processor, if there is no special description, or if it does not conflict with its actual function or internal logic in the relevant description, it can be understood as the processor's output and reception, input and other operations , can also be understood as the sending and receiving operations performed by the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, which is not limited in this application.
第八方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读介质存储用于设备执行的 程序代码,该程序代码包括用于执行上述任意一方面或其实现方式提供的方法。In an eighth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, where the computer-readable medium stores program code for execution by a device, and the program code includes a method for executing any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
第九方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述任意一方面或其实现方式提供的方法。In a ninth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided, and when the computer program product is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the method provided by any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
第十方面,提供了一种芯片,芯片包括处理器与通信接口,处理器通过通信接口读取存储器上存储的指令,执行上述任意一方面或其实现方式提供的方法。In a tenth aspect, a chip is provided. The chip includes a processor and a communication interface. The processor reads the instructions stored in the memory through the communication interface, and executes the method provided by any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
可选地,作为一种实现方式,芯片还包括存储器,存储器中存储有计算机程序或指令,处理器用于执行存储器上存储的计算机程序或指令,当计算机程序或指令被执行时,处理器用于执行上述任意一方面或其实现方式提供的方法。Optionally, as an implementation, the chip further includes a memory, in which computer programs or instructions are stored, and the processor is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, and when the computer programs or instructions are executed, the processor is used to execute The method provided by any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
第十一方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括上文所述的接入网设备和UPF。In an eleventh aspect, a communication system is provided, including the above-mentioned access network device and UPF.
可选地,所述通信系统还包括上文所述的服务器。Optionally, the communication system further includes the server described above.
第十二方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括上文所述的第一终端。In a twelfth aspect, a communication system is provided, including the above-mentioned first terminal.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是可以应用本申请的技术方案的一种网络架构的示意图。Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture to which the technical solution of the present application can be applied.
图2是GOP的一个示意图。Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of GOP.
图3是本申请提供的一种传输数据的方法300的示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method 300 for transmitting data provided in this application.
图4是本申请的XR帧的传输的一个示意图。Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of the transmission of the XR frame of the present application.
图5是本申请的XR帧的传输的另一个示意图。Fig. 5 is another schematic diagram of the transmission of the XR frame of the present application.
图6是本申请的XR帧的传输的另一个示意图。Fig. 6 is another schematic diagram of the transmission of the XR frame of the present application.
图7是本申请的PDU会话建立流程的示意图。Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of the PDU session establishment process of the present application.
图8是本申请的PDU会话修改流程的示意图。Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of the PDU session modification process of the present application.
图9是本申请提供的装置的结构示意图。Fig. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of the device provided by the present application.
图10是本申请提供的装置的另一结构示意图。Fig. 10 is another structural schematic diagram of the device provided by the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请提供的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:第五代(5 thgeneration,5G)或新无线(new radio,NR)系统、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统等。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统,如第六代移动通信系统。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信、车到万物(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)通信、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)、以及物联网(internet of things,IoT)通信系统或者其他通信系统。 The technical solution provided by this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: the fifth generation ( 5th generation, 5G) or new radio (new radio, NR) system, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency A frequency division duplex (FDD) system, an LTE time division duplex (TDD) system, and the like. The technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system. The technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to device to device (device to device, D2D) communication, vehicle to everything (vehicle-to-everything, V2X) communication, machine to machine (machine to machine, M2M) communication, machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC), and the Internet of Things (internet of things, IoT) communication system or other communication systems.
首先简单介绍适用于本申请的网络架构。First, briefly introduce the network architecture applicable to this application.
作为示例,图1示出了一种网络架构的示意图。As an example, Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture.
如图1所示,该网络架构以5G系统(the 5 th generation system,5GS)为例。该网络架构中可包括三部分,分别是用户设备(user equipment,UE)部分、数据网络(data network,DN)部分和运营商网络部分。其中,运营商网络可包括以下网元中的一个或多个:(无 线)接入网((radio)access network,(R)AN)设备、用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元、认证服务器功能(authentication server function,AUSF)网元、统一数据库(unified data repository,UDR)网元、接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元、SMF网元、网络开放功能(network exposure function,NEF)网元、网络功能库功能(network repository function,NRF)网元、策略控制功能模块(policy control function,PCF)网元、统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)网元和应用功能(application function,AF)网元。上述运营商网络中,除RAN部分之外的部分可以称为核心网部分。在本申请中,将用户设备、(无线)接入网设备、UPF网元、AUSF网元、UDR网元、AMF网元、SMF网元、NEF网元、NRF网元、PCF网元、UDM网元、AF网元分别简称为UE、(R)AN设备、UPF、AUSF、UDR、AMF、SMF、NEF、NRF、PCF、UDM、AF。 As shown in FIG. 1 , the network architecture takes a 5G system (the 5 th generation system, 5GS) as an example. The network architecture may include three parts, namely a user equipment (user equipment, UE) part, a data network (data network, DN) part, and an operator network part. Wherein, the operator network may include one or more of the following network elements: (wireless) access network ((radio) access network, (R)AN) equipment, user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element, Authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF) network element, unified data repository (unified data repository, UDR) network element, access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) network element, SMF network element, network opening Function (network exposure function, NEF) network element, network repository function (network repository function, NRF) network element, policy control function module (policy control function, PCF) network element, unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element element and application function (application function, AF) network element. In the above operator network, the part other than the RAN part may be referred to as the core network part. In this application, user equipment, (wireless) access network equipment, UPF network element, AUSF network element, UDR network element, AMF network element, SMF network element, NEF network element, NRF network element, PCF network element, UDM Network elements and AF network elements are referred to as UE, (R)AN equipment, UPF, AUSF, UDR, AMF, SMF, NEF, NRF, PCF, UDM, and AF respectively.
下面对图1中涉及的各网元进行简单描述。Each network element involved in FIG. 1 is briefly described below.
1、UE1. UE
UE主要通过无线空口接入5G网络并获得服务,UE通过空口和RAN进行交互,通过非接入层信令(non-access stratum,NAS)和核心网的AMF进行交互。The UE mainly accesses the 5G network through the wireless air interface and obtains services. The UE interacts with the RAN through the air interface, and interacts with the AMF of the core network through non-access stratum signaling (non-access stratum, NAS).
本申请实施例中的UE也可以称为终端设备、用户、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。UE可以是蜂窝电话、智能手表、无线数据卡、手机、平板电脑、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)电脑、无线调制解调器、手持设备、膝上型电脑、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)终端、带无线收发功能的电脑、物联网终端、虚拟现实终端设备、增强现实终端设备、可穿戴设备、车辆、设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)通信中的终端、车物(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信中的终端、机器类通信(machine-type communication,MTC)中的终端、物联网(internet of things,IOT)中的终端、智能办公中的终端、工业控制中的终端、无人驾驶中的终端、远程手术中的终端、智能电网中的终端、运输安全中的终端、智慧城市中的终端、智慧家庭中的终端、卫星通信中的终端(例如,卫星电话或卫星终端)。UE还可以是客户终端设备(customer-premises equipment,CPE)、电话、路由器、网络交换机、家庭网关(residential gateway,RG)、机顶盒、固定移动融合产品、家庭网络适配器、以及互联网接入网关。The UE in this embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a terminal device, user, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, User Agent or User Device. A UE can be a cellular phone, a smart watch, a wireless data card, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA) computer, a wireless modem, a handheld device, a laptop computer, a machine type communication (MTC) ) terminals, computers with wireless transceiver functions, Internet of Things terminals, virtual reality terminal devices, augmented reality terminal devices, wearable devices, vehicles, terminals in device-to-device (D2D) communication, vehicles ( Terminals in vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, terminals in machine-type communication (MTC), terminals in Internet of Things (IOT), terminals in smart office, terminals in industrial control , terminals in unmanned driving, terminals in remote surgery, terminals in smart grids, terminals in transportation security, terminals in smart cities, terminals in smart homes, terminals in satellite communications (for example, satellite phones or satellite terminal). The UE may also be customer-premises equipment (CPE), telephone, router, network switch, residential gateway (residential gateway, RG), set-top box, fixed mobile convergence product, home network adapter, and Internet access gateway.
本申请的实施例对UE所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form adopted by the UE.
2、(R)AN设备2. (R)AN equipment
(R)AN设备可以为特定区域的授权用户提供接入通信网络的功能,具体可以包括第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)网络中无线网络设备也可以包括非3GPP(non-3GPP)网络中的接入点。下文为方便描述采用AN设备表示。The (R)AN device can provide authorized users in a specific area with the function of accessing the communication network. Specifically, it can include wireless network devices in the 3rd generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) network, and can also include non-3GPP (non- 3GPP) access point in the network. For the convenience of description, AN equipment is used below.
AN设备可以为采用不同的无线接入技术。目前的无线接入技术有两种类型:3GPP接入技术(例如,第三代(3rd generation,3G)、第四代(4th generation,4G)或5G系统中采用的无线接入技术)和非3GPP(non-3GPP)接入技术。3GPP接入技术是指符合3GPP标准规范的接入技术,例如,5G系统中的接入网设备称为下一代基站节点(next generation Node Base station,gNB)或者RAN设备。非3GPP接入技术可以包括以无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)中的接入点(access point,AP)为代表的空口技术、全球互 联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)等。AN设备可以允许终端设备和3GPP核心网之间采用非3GPP技术互连互通。AN devices may use different wireless access technologies. There are currently two types of wireless access technologies: 3GPP access technologies (for example, wireless access technologies used in third generation (3rd generation, 3G), fourth generation (4th generation, 4G) or 5G systems) and non- 3GPP (non-3GPP) access technology. The 3GPP access technology refers to the access technology that complies with the 3GPP standard specifications. For example, the access network equipment in the 5G system is called the next generation Node Base station (gNB) or RAN equipment. Non-3GPP access technologies may include air interface technology represented by access point (AP) in wireless fidelity (WiFi), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX), code Multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), etc. The AN device may allow non-3GPP technology interconnection and intercommunication between the terminal device and the 3GPP core network.
AN设备能够负责空口侧的无线资源管理、服务质量(quality of service,QoS)管理、数据压缩和加密等功能。AN设备为终端设备提供接入服务,进而完成控制信号和用户数据在终端设备和核心网之间的转发。The AN device can be responsible for functions such as wireless resource management, quality of service (QoS) management, data compression and encryption on the air interface side. The AN equipment provides access services for the terminal equipment, and then completes the forwarding of control signals and user data between the terminal equipment and the core network.
AN设备例如可以包括但不限于:宏基站、微基站(也称为小站)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),WiFi系统中的AP、WiMAX中的(base station,BS)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为5G(如,NR)系统中的gNB或传输点(TRP或TP),5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),或者下一代通信6G系统中的基站等。AN equipment may include, but not limited to, for example: a macro base station, a micro base station (also called a small station), a radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), a node B (Node B, NB), a base station controller (base station controller) , BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), AP in WiFi system, WiMAX in (base station, BS), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point, TP) or sending and receiving point (transmission and reception point, TRP), etc., can also be used in 5G (eg, NR) system gNB or transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of the base station in the 5G system, or it can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or transmission point, such as a distributed unit ( distributed unit, DU), or the base station in the next-generation communication 6G system, etc.
本申请实施例对AN设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the AN device.
3、UPF3. UPF
UPF主要提供用户报文的转发、处理、与DN的连接、会话锚点、服务质量(quality of service,QoS)策略执行等用户面功能。例如,UPF可以从DN接收用户面数据,并通过AN设备将用户面数据发送给终端设备。UPF还可以通过AN设备从终端设备接收用户面数据,并转发到DN。UPF mainly provides user plane functions such as forwarding and processing of user packets, connection with DN, session anchor point, and quality of service (quality of service, QoS) policy enforcement. For example, the UPF can receive user plane data from the DN, and send the user plane data to the terminal device through the AN device. UPF can also receive user plane data from terminal equipment through AN equipment and forward it to DN.
4、DN4. DN
DN主要用于为UE提供数据服务的运营商网络。例如,因特网(Internet)、第三方的业务网络、IP多媒体服务业务(IP multi-media service,IMS)网络等。应用服务器(application server,AS)可以属于DN网络的一部分。在本申请中,应用服务器也可以替换为服务器,下文统一描述为服务器。The DN is mainly used in the operator's network that provides data services for the UE. For example, the Internet (Internet), a third-party service network, an IP multimedia service (IP multi-media service, IMS) network, and the like. An application server (application server, AS) may belong to a part of a DN network. In this application, the application server may also be replaced by a server, which is collectively described as a server below.
5、AUSF5. AUSF
AUSF主要用于用户鉴权等。AUSF is mainly used for user authentication and so on.
6、UDR6. UDR
UDR主要提供签约数据、策略数据及能力开放相关数据的存储能力。UDR mainly provides storage capabilities for contract data, policy data, and capability opening-related data.
7、AMF7. AMF
AMF主要用于接入控制、移动性管理、附着与去附着等功能。AMF is mainly used for functions such as access control, mobility management, attachment and detachment.
8、SMF8. SMF
SMF主要负责会话管理(如会话建立、修改、释放)、因特网协议(internet protocol,IP)地址分配和管理、UPF的选择和控制等。SMF is mainly responsible for session management (such as session establishment, modification, release), Internet Protocol (internet protocol, IP) address allocation and management, UPF selection and control, etc.
9、NEF9. NEF
NEF主要用于安全地向外部开放由3GPP网络功能提供的业务和能力等。NEF is mainly used to securely open services and capabilities provided by 3GPP network functions to the outside.
10、NRF10. NRF
NRF主要用于保存网络功能实体以及其提供服务的描述信息等。NRF is mainly used to store description information of network functional entities and the services they provide.
11、PCF11. PCF
PCF主要用于指导网络行为的统一策略框架,为控制面网元(例如AMF,SMF等)提供策略规则信息等。PCF is mainly used to guide a unified policy framework for network behavior, and provide policy rule information for control plane network elements (such as AMF, SMF, etc.).
12、UDM12. UDM
UDM主要用于UE的签约数据管理,包括UE标识的存储和管理,UE的接入授权等。UDM is mainly used for UE subscription data management, including storage and management of UE ID, UE access authorization, etc.
13、AF13. AF
AF主要用于向3GPP网络提供业务,如与PCF之间交互以进行策略控制等。The AF is mainly used to provide services to the 3GPP network, such as interacting with the PCF for policy control.
在图1所示的网络架构中,各网元之间可以接口通信。各网元之间的接口可以是点对点接口,也可以是服务化接口,本申请不予限制。In the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 , various network elements can communicate through interfaces. The interface between network elements may be a point-to-point interface or a service interface, which is not limited in this application.
应理解,上述所示的网络架构仅是示例性说明,适用本申请实施例的网络架构并不局限于此,任何能够实现上述各个网元的功能的网络架构都适用于本申请实施例。It should be understood that the network architecture shown above is only an example, and the network architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and any network architecture capable of realizing the functions of the foregoing network elements is applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
还应理解,图1中所示的AMF、SMF、UPF、PCF、UDM、AUSF、UDR、NEF、NRF、AF等功能或者网元,可以理解为用于实现不同功能的网元,例如可以按需组合成网络切片。这些网元可以各自独立的设备,也可以集成于同一设备中实现不同的功能,或者可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能,本申请对于上述网元的具体形态不作限定。It should also be understood that the functions or network elements such as AMF, SMF, UPF, PCF, UDM, AUSF, UDR, NEF, NRF, and AF shown in FIG. 1 can be understood as network elements for implementing different functions. Need to be combined into network slices. These network elements can be independent devices, or can be integrated in the same device to achieve different functions, or can be network elements in hardware devices, or software functions running on dedicated hardware, or platforms (for example, cloud The virtualization function instantiated on the platform), this application does not limit the specific form of the above network elements.
还应理解,上述命名仅为便于区分不同的功能而定义,不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请并不排除在6G网络以及未来其它的网络中采用其他命名的可能。例如,在6G网络中,上述各个网元中的部分或全部可以沿用5G中的术语,也可能采用其他名称等。It should also be understood that the above names are only defined for the convenience of distinguishing different functions, and shall not constitute any limitation to the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of adopting other names in the 6G network and other networks in the future. For example, in a 6G network, some or all of the above network elements may use the terms in 5G, or may use other names.
为便于理解本申请实施例,对本申请中涉及到的术语或技术进行简单说明。To facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, terms or technologies involved in the present application are briefly described.
1、XR1. XR
XR主要包含VR、AR以及MR等虚拟与现实交互技术。XR mainly includes virtual and reality interactive technologies such as VR, AR and MR.
在下行传输过程中,服务器的编码器以固定频率(例如,60Hz或120Hz等)生成数据内容,并经由核心网和RAN传输至XR终端。在上行传输过程中,XR终端可以通过内置摄像头采集并以特定频率(例如,60Hz或120Hz等)连续向服务器上传当前场景的图像。During downlink transmission, the encoder of the server generates data content at a fixed frequency (for example, 60Hz or 120Hz, etc.), and transmits it to the XR terminal via the core network and RAN. During the uplink transmission, the XR terminal can collect and continuously upload images of the current scene to the server at a specific frequency (for example, 60Hz or 120Hz, etc.) through a built-in camera.
为了提升人与虚拟世界交互的体验,XR业务对带宽和时延有着严格的要求。In order to improve the experience of people interacting with the virtual world, XR services have strict requirements on bandwidth and delay.
2、GOP2. GOP
当前XR业务的传输采用了以H.264/H.265的视频编码方案。其中,每个视频序列被分割成多个大小相同的GOP组群,每个GOP包含一个帧内编码的数据帧和多个帧间编码的数据帧。The current transmission of XR services adopts the video coding scheme of H.264/H.265. Wherein, each video sequence is divided into multiple GOP groups of the same size, and each GOP includes an intra-coded data frame and multiple inter-frame coded data frames.
图2是GOP的一个示意图。Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of GOP.
如图2所示,每个GOP的第一顺序的数据帧被记为I帧,可独立编解码。后续数据帧记为P帧,需要基于之前已编码的I帧或P帧进行编解码,从而提高编码压缩性能。As shown in FIG. 2, the first sequential data frame of each GOP is recorded as an I frame, which can be encoded and decoded independently. Subsequent data frames are recorded as P frames, which need to be encoded and decoded based on previously encoded I frames or P frames, so as to improve encoding and compression performance.
由于I帧独立编解码的特性,使得编码后的I帧的尺寸远大于后续编码的P帧。Due to the characteristic of independent encoding and decoding of the I frame, the size of the encoded I frame is much larger than that of the subsequently encoded P frame.
I帧也可以称为大尺寸的XR帧、关键帧、关键数据、关键图像等,P帧也可以称为小尺寸的XR帧、非关键帧等。当然,GOP中还可以包括I帧和P帧以外的帧,例如,B帧等。The I frame may also be called a large-size XR frame, key frame, key data, key image, etc., and the P frame may also be called a small-size XR frame, non-key frame, etc. Of course, the GOP may also include frames other than I frames and P frames, for example, B frames and so on.
在本申请中,将XR业务的数据帧称为XR帧。XR帧可以为P帧,也可以为I帧, 还可以为B帧,本申请不予限制。In this application, the data frame of the XR service is called an XR frame. The XR frame may be a P frame, an I frame, or a B frame, which is not limited in this application.
3、PDB3. PDB
为了保证用户体验,需要每一个数据在一定的时间区间内传输完成,即从数据的发送端传输至数据的接收端。In order to ensure user experience, each data needs to be transmitted within a certain time interval, that is, transmitted from the sending end of the data to the receiving end of the data.
对于下行数据传输,PDB可以为数据从UPF到终端的传输延迟的时间上界,或者为从UPF到终端的N6终结点之间,数据可能延迟的时间上界。此时该时间区间通常称为空口PDB。For downlink data transmission, the PDB can be the upper bound of the time delay of data transmission from the UPF to the terminal, or the upper bound of the possible delay time of data between the N6 termination points from the UPF to the terminal. At this time, the time interval is generally called the air interface PDB.
对于侧行数据传输,PDB可以为数据从发送终端到接收终端的传输延迟的时间上界。当然,在侧行数据传输中,PDB也可以采用其他的名称,本申请不予限制。For sidelink data transmission, the PDB can be the time upper bound of the transmission delay of data from the sending terminal to the receiving terminal. Of course, in the lateral data transmission, the PDB may also use other names, which are not limited in this application.
传输时间超过该PDB的数据通常可以认为无法在规定时间内在终端显示,即用户无法实时看到。换句话说,PDB超时会引起用户体验下降。The data whose transmission time exceeds the PDB can generally be considered as unable to be displayed on the terminal within the specified time, that is, the user cannot see it in real time. In other words, PDB timeout will cause user experience degradation.
4、提前编码和编码提前量4. Advance encoding and encoding advance
对于XR业务,尽管每个XR帧的尺寸浮动较大,但每个XR帧对应的PDB是一致的,例如,每个XR帧都需要在10ms内传输完成。在此情况下,大尺寸的I帧,对于空口速率有着更为苛刻的要求。For XR services, although the size of each XR frame fluctuates greatly, the PDB corresponding to each XR frame is consistent. For example, each XR frame needs to be transmitted within 10ms. In this case, large-sized I frames have more stringent requirements on the air interface rate.
为了降低空口传输I帧的压力,提升I帧传输的成功率,服务器在渲染和编码I帧时,可以不按照固定的频率进行。具体地,通过提前渲染及编码的方式,服务器可以提前将I帧发送至RAN,因此,RAN可以提前调度该I帧,从而降低空口传输的压力。In order to reduce the pressure of I-frame transmission over the air interface and improve the success rate of I-frame transmission, the server does not need to follow a fixed frequency when rendering and encoding I-frames. Specifically, by rendering and encoding in advance, the server can send the I frame to the RAN in advance, so the RAN can schedule the I frame in advance, thereby reducing the pressure of air interface transmission.
此处服务器渲染及编码I帧的时间相对于不提前渲染以及编码的时间的差值即为编码提前量。另一种描述方式,编码提前量为I帧的编码时刻的提前量。再一种描述方式,编码提前量为I帧的实际生成时刻与I帧的期望生成时刻的时间差,I帧的期望的生成时刻可以是基于XR业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期和/或数据的编号确定的。Here, the difference between the server rendering and encoding I frame time and the rendering and encoding time without advance is the encoding advance. In another way of description, the encoding advance is the advance of the encoding time of the I frame. In another way of description, the encoding advance is the time difference between the actual generation time of the I frame and the expected generation time of the I frame, and the expected generation time of the I frame can be based on the data generation period or transmission period of the XR service and/or the data number is determined.
以60Hz XR视频业务为例,XR帧的编码时刻可以认为是在0ms、16.67ms、33.3ms、50ms等。假设提前4ms渲染和编码第三帧,此时XR帧的编码时刻变为0ms、16.67ms、29.3ms、50ms。第三帧的编码提前量为4ms。Taking 60Hz XR video service as an example, the encoding time of XR frames can be considered as 0ms, 16.67ms, 33.3ms, 50ms, etc. Assuming that the third frame is rendered and encoded 4ms in advance, the encoding moments of the XR frame at this time become 0ms, 16.67ms, 29.3ms, and 50ms. The encoding lead of the third frame is 4ms.
需要说明的是,这里以I帧为例对提前编码和编码提前量进行说明,实际上并不局限于I帧。例如,P帧也可能会被提前编码,此时提前编码和编码提前量的说明同样适用于P帧。It should be noted that, here, an I frame is taken as an example to illustrate the encoding advance and the encoding advance amount, and it is not limited to the I frame in fact. For example, a P frame may also be coded in advance, and in this case, the description of the code in advance and the amount of coding advance is also applicable to the P frame.
上面对本申请中涉及到的术语做了简单说明,下文实施例中不再赘述。The terms involved in this application are briefly described above, and will not be repeated in the following embodiments.
目前,核心网会为数据流分配一个对应的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)流,该数据流中的所有数据都在这个QoS流中进行传输。RAN会根据每个QoS流的对应的PDB(例如,5G QoS标识(5G QoS identifier,5QI)中指示的PDB)对该QoS流中的数据进行调度。在这种方式下,RAN对该QoS流中的每个数据都参考相同的PDB进行编码,因此即使服务器提前编码某个数据,RAN也会根据承载该数据的QOS流对应的PDB对该数据进行调度,提前编码的数据的空口传输时间并未发生改变,换句话说,服务器对数据提前编码并未有助于RAN对数据的调度。Currently, the core network will assign a corresponding quality of service (QoS) flow to the data flow, and all data in the data flow will be transmitted in this QoS flow. The RAN will schedule the data in the QoS flow according to the corresponding PDB of each QoS flow (for example, the PDB indicated in the 5G QoS identifier (5G QoS identifier, 5QI)). In this way, the RAN encodes each data in the QoS flow with reference to the same PDB, so even if the server encodes some data in advance, the RAN will encode the data according to the PDB corresponding to the QOS flow carrying the data. Scheduling, the air interface transmission time of the data encoded in advance has not changed, in other words, the server's encoding of the data in advance does not help the RAN to schedule the data.
针对上述问题,本申请提供了一种传输数据的方法和通信装置,可以实现接入网设备调整传输数据的PDB,这样,接入网设备可以采用更合适的PDB传输数据,有助于降低空口传输的压力。In view of the above problems, the present application provides a data transmission method and a communication device, which can realize the access network equipment to adjust the PDB of the transmission data, so that the access network equipment can use a more suitable PDB to transmit data, which helps to reduce the air interface Transmission pressure.
为便于理解本申请实施例,在介绍本申请实施例之前,先做出以下几点说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the following descriptions are made before introducing the embodiments of the present application.
第一,在本申请中,“用于指示”或“指示”可以包括用于直接指示和用于间接指示,或者说“用于指示”或“指示”可以显式地和/或隐式地指示。例如,当描述某一信息用于指示信息I时,可以包括该信息直接指示I或间接指示I,而并不代表该信息中一定携带有I。又例如,隐式指示可以基于用于传输的位置和/或资源;显式指示可以基于一个或多个参数,和/或一个或多个索引,和/或一个或多个它所表示的位模式。First, in this application, "for indicating" or "indicating" may include both for direct indicating and for indirect indicating, or "for indicating" or "indicating" may be explicitly and/or implicitly instruct. For example, when describing a certain information to indicate information I, it may include that the information directly indicates I or indirectly indicates I, but it does not mean that the information must carry I. As another example, an implicit indication may be based on the location and/or resources used for transmission; an explicit indication may be based on one or more parameters, and/or one or more indices, and/or one or more bits it represents model.
第二,本申请对很多特性所列出的定义仅用于以举例方式来解释该特性的功能,其详细内容可以参考现有技术。Second, the definitions listed in this application for many features are only used to explain the functions of the features by way of example, and for details, reference may be made to the prior art.
第三,在下文示出的实施例中,第一、第二、第三、第四以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如,区分不同的字段、不同的指示信息等。Third, in the embodiments shown below, the first, second, third, fourth and various numbers are only for convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, different fields, different indication information, etc. are distinguished.
第四,“预先定义”可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。其中,“保存”可以是指,保存在一个或者多个存储器中。所述一个或者多个存储器可以是单独的设置,也可以是集成在编码器或者译码器,处理器、或通信装置中。所述一个或者多个存储器也可以是一部分单独设置,一部分集成在译码器、处理器、或通信装置中。存储器的类型可以是任意形式的存储介质,本申请并不对此限定。Fourth, "pre-definition" can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in devices (for example, including terminal devices and network devices). Do limited. Wherein, "preserving" may refer to storing in one or more memories. The one or more memories may be provided independently, or may be integrated in an encoder or decoder, a processor, or a communication device. A part of the one or more memories may also be set independently, and a part may be integrated in a decoder, processor, or communication device. The type of the storage may be any form of storage medium, which is not limited in this application.
第五,本申请实施例中涉及的“协议”可以是指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。Fifth, the "protocols" involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to standard protocols in the communication field, for example, may include LTE protocols, NR protocols, and related protocols applied in future communication systems, which are not limited in this application.
第六,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a、b和c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,或,b,或,c,或,a和b,或,a和c,或,b和c,或,a、b和c。其中a、b和c分别可以是单个,也可以是多个。Sixth, "at least one" means one or more, and "multiple" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one (one) of a, b and c may represent: a, or, b, or, c, or, a and b, or, a and c, or, b and c, or, a , b and c. Wherein a, b and c can be single or multiple.
下文将结合附图详细说明本申请实施例提供的传输数据的方法。本申请提供的实施例可以应用于上述图1所示的网络架构中,但不作限定。The method for transmitting data provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. The embodiments provided in this application may be applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 above, but are not limited thereto.
图3是本申请提供的一种传输数据的方法300的示意图。方法300可以包括以下内容的至少部分内容。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method 300 for transmitting data provided in this application. Method 300 may include at least some of the following.
步骤310,服务器确定第一信息。Step 310, the server determines first information.
其中,第一信息用于指示第一数据的实际生成时刻早于第一数据的期望生成时刻。Wherein, the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data.
第一数据的期望的生成时刻可以是基于第一周期和/或第一数据的数据编号确定的,其中。其中,第一周期为第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期。可选地,第一数据的数据编号可以是第一数据对应的帧号。The expected generation time of the first data may be determined based on the first cycle and/or the data number of the first data, wherein. Wherein, the first period is a generation period or a sending period of data of the service to which the first data belongs. Optionally, the data number of the first data may be a frame number corresponding to the first data.
例如,以60Hz XR视频业务为例,XR帧的编码时刻可以认为是在0ms、16.67ms、33.3ms、50ms等,假设第一数据在第三帧编码和发送,则第一数据的期望生成时刻为33.3ms。For example, taking the 60Hz XR video service as an example, the encoding time of the XR frame can be considered as 0ms, 16.67ms, 33.3ms, 50ms, etc., assuming that the first data is encoded and sent in the third frame, then the expected generation time of the first data is 33.3ms.
第一数据的实际生成时刻早于第一数据的期望生成时刻,可以理解为,对第一数据进 行了提前编码或对第一数据提前进行了编码。“第一信息用于指示第一数据的实际生成时刻早于第一数据的期望生成时刻”也可以替换为“第一信息用于指示第一数据的实际的PDB大于第一数据的期望的PDB”。The actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data, it can be understood that the first data is encoded in advance or the first data is encoded in advance. "The first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data" can also be replaced with "the first information is used to indicate that the actual PDB of the first data is greater than the expected PDB of the first data ".
一种可能的实现方式,第一信息包括时间提前量。该时间提前量为第一数据的实际生成时刻与第一数据的期望生成时刻的时间差。In a possible implementation manner, the first information includes a timing advance. The timing advance is the time difference between the actual generation time of the first data and the expected generation time of the first data.
另一种可能的实现方式,第一信息包括第一周期。该第一周期为第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期。In another possible implementation manner, the first information includes a first period. The first cycle is a data generation cycle or a sending cycle of the service to which the first data belongs.
需要说明的是,这里的“数据”指代数据载荷(payload)。在一些描述中,“数据”也可以指代传输该数据的帧,因此“数据”也可以替换为“数据帧”。例如,XR业务的数据也可以描述为XR业务的数据帧或XR帧。It should be noted that the "data" here refers to data load (payload). In some descriptions, "data" may also refer to a frame that transmits the data, so "data" may also be replaced with "data frame". For example, the data of the XR service may also be described as a data frame or an XR frame of the XR service.
步骤320,服务器向UPF发送第一信息。Step 320, the server sends the first information to the UPF.
相应地,UPF接收来自服务器的第一信息。Correspondingly, the UPF receives the first information from the server.
一种可能的实现方式,服务器通过第一数据对应的包头发送第一信息。换句话说,第一信息承载于第一数据对应的包头中。In a possible implementation manner, the server sends the first information through a packet header corresponding to the first data. In other words, the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
这里的第一数据对应的包头为UPF可识别的包头。可选地,第一数据对应的包头可以为服务器为第一数据封装或编码的包头。作为一个示例,这里的第一数据对应的包头可以是服务器为第一数据封装的应用层包头。例如,服务器在传输层协议,如用户数据报协议(user datagram protocol,UDP),与应用层协议,如实时传输协议(real-time transport protocol,RTP),包头之间增加媒体信息包头,服务器通过第一数据对应的媒体信息包头发送第一信息。需要说明的是,本申请以UDP和RTP为例,也可以是其他的传输层协议和应用层协议的包头。当然,第一信息也可以承载于应用层的包头,和/或传输层的包头,和/或网络层的包头中;或者,第一信息承载于媒体信息包头中,且该媒体信息可以承载于可以承载于应用层的包头和/或传输层的包头和/或网络层的包头中,本申请不限制。Here, the header corresponding to the first data is a header recognizable by the UPF. Optionally, the header corresponding to the first data may be a header encapsulated or encoded by the server for the first data. As an example, the header corresponding to the first data here may be an application layer header encapsulated by the server for the first data. For example, the server adds a media information packet header between the header of the transport layer protocol, such as user datagram protocol (UDP), and application layer protocol, such as real-time transport protocol (RTP), and the server passes The media information packet header corresponding to the first data sends the first information. It should be noted that the present application uses UDP and RTP as examples, and may also be headers of other transport layer protocols and application layer protocols. Of course, the first information may also be carried in the header of the application layer, and/or the header of the transport layer, and/or the header of the network layer; or, the first information is carried in the header of the media information, and the media information may be carried in It may be carried in the header of the application layer and/or the header of the transport layer and/or the header of the network layer, which is not limited in this application.
另一种可能的实现方式,服务器通过第二数据对应的包头发送第一信息。其中,服务器发送第二数据的时刻早于服务器发送第一数据的时刻。换句话说,第一信息承载于第二数据对应的包头中,第二数据为在第一数据之前的数据。在此情况下,第一数据对应的包头中可以不携带第一信息。In another possible implementation manner, the server sends the first information through a packet header corresponding to the second data. Wherein, the time when the server sends the second data is earlier than the time when the server sends the first data. In other words, the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data, and the second data is data before the first data. In this case, the packet header corresponding to the first data may not carry the first information.
同样,这里的第二数据对应的包头为UPF可识别的包头。可选地,第二数据对应的包头可以为服务器为第二数据封装或编码的包头。作为一个示例,这里的第二数据对应的包头可以是服务器为第二数据封装的应用层包头。例如,服务器在UDP包头与RTP包头之间增加媒体信息包头,服务器通过第二数据对应的媒体信息包头发送第一信息。Similarly, the packet header corresponding to the second data here is a packet header recognizable by the UPF. Optionally, the packet header corresponding to the second data may be a packet header encapsulated or encoded by the server for the second data. As an example, the header corresponding to the second data here may be an application layer header encapsulated by the server for the second data. For example, the server adds a media information header between the UDP header and the RTP header, and the server sends the first information through the media information header corresponding to the second data.
步骤330,UPF向接入网设备发送第一信息。Step 330, the UPF sends the first information to the access network device.
相应地,接入网设备接收来自UPF的第一信息。Correspondingly, the access network device receives the first information from the UPF.
一种可能的实现方式,服务器UPF通过第一数据对应的包头发送第一信息。换句话说,第一信息承载于第一数据对应的包头中。In a possible implementation manner, the server UPF sends the first information through a packet header corresponding to the first data. In other words, the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the first data.
这里的第一数据对应的包头为接入网设备可识别的包头。可选地,第一数据对应的包头可以为UPF为第一数据封装或编码的包头。作为一个示例,这里的第一数据对应的包头可以是UPF为第一数据封装的GTP-U包头。例如,在接收到来自服务器的第一数据对应的包头后,UPF解析得到媒体信息包头,并将得到的信息封装或编码到GTP-U包头, 这样GTP-U包头就携带了第一信息。Here, the packet header corresponding to the first data is a packet header recognizable by the access network device. Optionally, the packet header corresponding to the first data may be a packet header encapsulated or encoded by the UPF for the first data. As an example, the packet header corresponding to the first data here may be a GTP-U packet header encapsulated by the UPF for the first data. For example, after receiving the packet header corresponding to the first data from the server, the UPF parses to obtain the media information packet header, and encapsulates or encodes the obtained information into the GTP-U packet header, so that the GTP-U packet header carries the first information.
另一种可能的实现方式,UPF通过第二数据对应的包头发送第一信息。其中,UPF接收到第二数据的时刻早于UPF接收到第一数据的时刻。换句话说,第一信息承载于第二数据对应的包头中,第二数据为在第一数据之前的数据。在此情况下,第一数据对应的包头中可以不携带第一信息。In another possible implementation manner, the UPF sends the first information through a packet header corresponding to the second data. Wherein, the time when the UPF receives the second data is earlier than the time when the UPF receives the first data. In other words, the first information is carried in the packet header corresponding to the second data, and the second data is data before the first data. In this case, the packet header corresponding to the first data may not carry the first information.
同样,这里的第二数据对应的包头为接入网设备可识别的包头。可选地,第二数据对应的包头可以为UPF为第二数据封装或编码的包头。作为一个示例,这里的第二数据对应的包头可以是UPF为第二数据封装的GTP-U包头。例如,在接收到来自服务器的第二数据对应的包头后,UPF解析得到媒体信息包头,并将得到的信息封装或编码到GTP-U包头,这样GTP-U包头就携带了第一信息。Likewise, the packet header corresponding to the second data here is a packet header that can be recognized by the access network device. Optionally, the packet header corresponding to the second data may be a packet header encapsulated or encoded by the UPF for the second data. As an example, the packet header corresponding to the second data here may be a GTP-U packet header encapsulated by the UPF for the second data. For example, after receiving the packet header corresponding to the second data from the server, the UPF parses to obtain the media information packet header, and encapsulates or encodes the obtained information into the GTP-U packet header, so that the GTP-U packet header carries the first information.
步骤340,接入网设备获取第二信息。Step 340, the access network device acquires second information.
其中,第二信息用于指示期望的PDB。Wherein, the second information is used to indicate the desired PDB.
一种可能的实现方式,期望的PDB可以是由核心网设备配置的,或者说是基于来自核心网设备的配置信息确定的。例如,核心网设备为每个QoS流配置的PDB,例如,5QI中指示的PDB。In a possible implementation manner, the desired PDB may be configured by a core network device, or determined based on configuration information from the core network device. For example, the core network device configures the PDB for each QoS flow, for example, the PDB indicated in the 5QI.
对于接入网设备获取第二信息的具体实现方式可以参考现有技术,在此不赘述。For a specific implementation manner of obtaining the second information by the access network device, reference may be made to the prior art, which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,本申请不限定步骤340与步骤330的执行顺序。It should be noted that, the present application does not limit the execution sequence of step 340 and step 330 .
步骤350,接入网设备根据第一信息和第二信息,确定实际的PDB。Step 350, the access network device determines the actual PDB according to the first information and the second information.
其中,实际的PDB为传输第一数据实际可以使用的PDB。换句话说,第一数据可以在实际的PDB的时长内进行传输。Wherein, the actual PDB is a PDB that can actually be used for transmitting the first data. In other words, the first data can be transmitted within the duration of the actual PDB.
一种可能的实现方式,当第一信息包括时间提前量时,接入网设备可以根据该时间提前量和第二信息指示的期望的PDB,确定实际的PDB。其中,时间提前量是第一数据的实际生成时刻与第一数据的期望生成时刻之间的时间差。In a possible implementation manner, when the first information includes the timing advance, the access network device may determine the actual PDB according to the timing advance and the expected PDB indicated by the second information. Wherein, the timing advance is the time difference between the actual generation time of the first data and the expected generation time of the first data.
例如,实际的PDB可以是期望的PDB与时间提前量之和。For example, the actual PDB may be the sum of the desired PDB and the timing advance.
又例如,实际的PDB可以是期望的PDB与第一时长之和,第一时长是小于时间提前量且不为0的任意时长。For another example, the actual PDB may be the sum of the expected PDB and the first duration, and the first duration is any duration that is less than the timing advance and is not zero.
另一种可能的实现方式,当第一信息包括第一周期时,接入网设备可以根据该第一周期和第二信息指示的期望的PDB,确定实际的PDB。In another possible implementation manner, when the first information includes the first period, the access network device may determine the actual PDB according to the first period and the expected PDB indicated by the second information.
例如,接入网设备可以根据第一周期确定第一数据到达接入网设备的预期时间,进一步地接入网设备根据得到的预期时间以及第一数据到达接入网设备的实际时间,确定时间提前量,时间提前量为预期时间与实际时间的差值,进一步地接入网设备根据得到的时间提前量和期望的PDB确定实际的PDB。For example, the access network device may determine the expected time when the first data arrives at the access network device according to the first cycle, and the access network device further determines the time according to the obtained expected time and the actual time when the first data arrives at the access network device The advance amount, the timing advance amount is the difference between the expected time and the actual time, and the access network device further determines the actual PDB according to the obtained timing advance amount and the expected PDB.
步骤360,接入网设备根据实际的PDB发送第一数据。Step 360, the access network device sends the first data according to the actual PDB.
这样,通过上述技术方案,在第一数据的实际生成时刻早于所述第一数据的期望生成时刻的情况下,接入网设备可以调整第一数据的实际的PDB,例如,可以在期望的PDB的基础上进行延长,从而可以采用更合适的PDB传输第一数据,有助于降低空口传输的压力。In this way, through the above technical solution, when the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data, the access network device can adjust the actual PDB of the first data, for example, it can be at the expected The PDB is extended based on the PDB, so that a more suitable PDB can be used to transmit the first data, which helps to reduce the pressure of air interface transmission.
在本申请中,可以针对业务的每个数据均执行步骤310-360,也可以对业务的部分数据执行步骤310-360。例如,对于XR业务,服务器可以对每个XR帧进行提前编码,在 此情况下,可以针对每个XR帧执行步骤310-360。又例如,对于XR业务,服务器仅对I帧进行提前编码,在此情况下,可以仅针对XR业务的I帧执行步骤310-360。再例如,对于XR业务,服务器可以对I帧以及部分P帧进行提前编码,在此情况下,可以针对XR业务的I帧和部分P帧执行步骤310-360。In this application, steps 310-360 may be performed for each data of the business, or steps 310-360 may be performed for some data of the business. For example, for an XR service, the server can encode each XR frame in advance, and in this case, steps 310-360 can be performed for each XR frame. For another example, for the XR service, the server only encodes the I frame in advance, and in this case, steps 310-360 may be performed only for the I frame of the XR service. For another example, for the XR service, the server may encode the I frame and part of the P frame in advance, and in this case, steps 310-360 may be performed for the I frame and part of the P frame of the XR service.
当服务器仅对业务的部分数据进行提前编码时,接入网设备需要确定该进行提前编码的数据。下面对接入网设备确定进行提前编码的数据(即第一数据)的方式进行描述。When the server only encodes part of the service data in advance, the access network device needs to determine the data to be encoded in advance. The manner in which the access network device determines the data to be coded in advance (that is, the first data) is described below.
一种可能的实现方式中,服务器可以确定第三信息,并向UPF发送第三信息;UPF在接收到第三信息后,将第三信息发送至接入网设备;接入网设备根据第三信息确定第一数据。其中,第三信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:GOP信息、第四信息、或第五信息。In a possible implementation manner, the server may determine the third information and send the third information to the UPF; after receiving the third information, the UPF sends the third information to the access network device; the access network device sends the third information to the access network device according to the third information The information identifies the first data. Wherein, the third information includes at least one of the following information: GOP information, fourth information, or fifth information.
GOP信息用于指示第一数据的产生周期或发送周期。当进行提前编码的数据周期性出现时,服务器可以将周期通知接入网设备,接入网设备可以根据该周期确定进行提前编码的数据出现的时刻。可选地,GOP信息包括一个数值,该数值的含义为每该数值数量的数据中包括一个第一数据,或者该数值用于指示每该数值数量的数据产生第一数据。第一数据可以为该数值数量的数据中的第一个数据。The GOP information is used to indicate a generation period or a transmission period of the first data. When the data to be coded in advance occurs periodically, the server may notify the access network device of the period, and the access network device may determine the time when the data to be coded in advance appears according to the period. Optionally, the GOP information includes a numerical value, which means that every number of data of the numerical value includes one first data, or the numerical value is used to indicate that the first data is generated for every data of the numerical value. The first data may be the first data of the numerical amount of data.
例如,第一数据为XR业务的I帧时,GOP信息可以指示I帧的产生周期或发送周期。For example, when the first data is an I frame of the XR service, the GOP information may indicate a generation cycle or a sending cycle of the I frame.
第四信息用于指示第一数据所属业务的数据的类型。The fourth information is used to indicate the data type of the service to which the first data belongs.
例如,第四信息可以为帧类型指示符,以XR业务的I帧为例,当该指示符取值为“1”时第一数据为I帧,当该指示符取值为“0”时第一数据为P帧或非I帧。For example, the fourth information may be a frame type indicator. Taking an I frame of an XR service as an example, when the value of the indicator is "1", the first data is an I frame, and when the value of the indicator is "0", The first data is a P frame or a non-I frame.
第五信息用于指示第一数据提前第三数据进行编码。其中,第三数据为在第一数据满足第一周期的情况下产生时刻或发送时刻早于第一数据的N个相邻数据,第一周期为第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期,N为非负整数。The fifth information is used to indicate that the first data is encoded ahead of the third data. Wherein, the third data is N adjacent data whose generation time or transmission time is earlier than the first data when the first data satisfies the first period, and the first period is the generation period or period of the data of the business to which the first data belongs. Send cycle, N is a non-negative integer.
第三数据为在第一数据满足第一周期的情况下产生时刻或发送时刻早于第一数据的N个相邻数据,可以理解为,第三数据满足:当第一数据未进行提前编码时在第一数据之前,且当第一数据进行提前编码时在第一数据之后。以XR业务的I帧为第一数据为例,第一GOP中的I帧提前第二GOP中的N个P帧进行编码,第二GOP为早于第一GOP、且与第一GOP相邻GOP,N个P帧即为第三数据。例如,结合图2,GOP#1为第二GOP,GOP#2为第一GOP,GOP#1早于GOP#2,当未进行提前编码时GOP#2的I帧在GOP#2的第一个帧发送,当进行提前编码时GOP#2的I帧在GOP#1最后一个帧发送,则第三数据为原本应在GOP#1的最后一个帧发送的数据P帧。The third data is N adjacent data whose generation time or sending time is earlier than the first data when the first data satisfies the first period. It can be understood that the third data satisfies: when the first data is not encoded in advance Before the first data, and after the first data when the first data is precoded. Taking the I frame of the XR service as the first data as an example, the I frame in the first GOP is coded ahead of N P frames in the second GOP, and the second GOP is earlier than the first GOP and adjacent to the first GOP In GOP, N P frames are the third data. For example, in conjunction with Fig. 2, GOP#1 is the second GOP, and GOP#2 is the first GOP, and GOP#1 is earlier than GOP#2, and the I frame of GOP#2 is in the first GOP#2 when not carrying out early coding. frame is sent, when the I frame of GOP#2 is sent in the last frame of GOP#1 when encoding in advance, the third data is the data P frame that should have been sent in the last frame of GOP#1.
或者,第五信息也可以用于指示上述N的数值。即第五信息指示第一数据提前了N个数据,或者第五信息指示第一数据提前了N个数据帧进行编码。Alternatively, the fifth information may also be used to indicate the above-mentioned value of N. That is, the fifth information indicates that the first data is N data frames ahead, or the fifth information indicates that the first data is encoded N data frames ahead.
若第三信息包括GOP信息,则接入网设备根据GOP信息确定当前接收到的数据进行了提前编码,并调整实际的PDB。以XR视频业务为例,第一数据为I帧,即接入网设备只需要对I帧调整实际的PDB,此时接入网设备通过GOP信息确定当前接收到的数据为I帧,从而进行实际传输PDB的调整。If the third information includes GOP information, the access network device determines that the currently received data has been encoded in advance according to the GOP information, and adjusts the actual PDB. Taking the XR video service as an example, the first data is an I frame, that is, the access network device only needs to adjust the actual PDB for the I frame. At this time, the access network device determines that the currently received data is an I frame through the GOP information, so as to perform Adjustments to the actual transport PDB.
若第三信息包括第四信息,则接入网设备根据第四信息确定当前接收到的数据的类型,从而判断该数据进行了提前编码,并调整实际的PDB。以XR视频业务为例,第一数据为I帧,即接入网设备只需要对I帧调整实际的PDB,此时接入网设备通过第四信息确定当前接收到的数据是否为I帧,从而进行实际传输PDB的调整。If the third information includes the fourth information, the access network device determines the type of the currently received data according to the fourth information, thereby judging that the data has been encoded in advance, and adjusts the actual PDB. Taking the XR video service as an example, the first data is an I frame, that is, the access network device only needs to adjust the actual PDB for the I frame. At this time, the access network device determines whether the currently received data is an I frame through the fourth information. In this way, the adjustment of the actual transmission PDB is performed.
当第一数据的编码提前量大于第一周期时,接入网设备仅根据GOP信息无法准确判断第一数据的到达时刻。此时,接入网设备可以根据第五信息确定当前接收到的数据提前第三数据进行编码,并调整实际的PDB。以XR视频业务为例,第一数据为I帧,且I帧提前2个帧进行编码,此时接入网设备通过第五信息确定I帧会提前2个帧到达,从而确定当前接收到的数据是否为I帧,从而进行实际传输PDB的调整。When the coding advance of the first data is greater than the first period, the access network device cannot accurately determine the arrival time of the first data only based on the GOP information. At this time, the access network device may determine, according to the fifth information, that the currently received data is encoded ahead of the third data, and adjust the actual PDB. Taking the XR video service as an example, the first data is an I frame, and the I frame is coded 2 frames earlier. At this time, the access network device determines that the I frame will arrive 2 frames earlier through the fifth information, so as to determine the currently received Whether the data is an I frame, so as to adjust the actual transmission PDB.
第三信息的传输方式与第一信息类似,可以参考第一信息的相关描述,在此不再赘述。需要说明的是,当第三信息包括第四信息时,优选地,服务器和UPF通过第一数据对应的包头发送第三信息。The transmission manner of the third information is similar to that of the first information, and reference may be made to related descriptions of the first information, and details are not repeated here. It should be noted that, when the third information includes the fourth information, preferably, the server and the UPF send the third information through a packet header corresponding to the first data.
在另一些实施例中,服务器还可以通过UPF向接入网设备发送第六信息。其中,第六信息用于指示接入网设备检测第一信息或者所述第六信息用于指示进行了提前编码或服务器开启了提前编码功能。第六信息的传输方式与第一信息类似,可以参考第一信息的相关描述,在此不再赘述。In some other embodiments, the server may also send the sixth information to the access network device through the UPF. Wherein, the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, or the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding is performed or the server enables the advance encoding function. The transmission manner of the sixth information is similar to that of the first information, and reference may be made to related descriptions of the first information, and details are not repeated here.
上文结合图3对接入网设备通过用户面数据获取第一信息、第三信息、或第六信息的方式进行了描述,本申请不限于此。本申请的接入网设备还可以通过控制面信令获取第一信息、第三信息、或第六信息。具体地,核心网的控制面信令可以由AMF通过N2接口传递给接入网设备。一种可能的实现方式,服务器通过PDU会话建立过程中的控制面信令或PDU会话修改过程中的控制面信令将第一信息、第三信息、或第六信息传递至RAN。例如,服务器可将第一信息、第三信息、或第六信息传递给PCF,PCF将服务器第一信息、第三信息、或第六信息传递至SMF,SMF将第一信息、第三信息、或第六信息通过Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer传递至AMF,AMF再通过N2PDU会话请求消息或N2消息将第一信息、第三信息、或第六信息传递至RAN。其中,PDU会话建立过程或PDU会话修改过程的详细描述可以参考现有的PDU会话建立过程或PDU会话修改过程,在此不再赘述。The manner in which the access network device obtains the first information, the third information, or the sixth information through the user plane data is described above with reference to FIG. 3 , and the present application is not limited thereto. The access network device of the present application may also obtain the first information, the third information, or the sixth information through control plane signaling. Specifically, the control plane signaling of the core network may be transmitted by the AMF to the access network device through the N2 interface. In a possible implementation manner, the server transmits the first information, the third information, or the sixth information to the RAN through the control plane signaling during the establishment of the PDU session or the control plane signaling during the modification of the PDU session. For example, the server may transmit the first information, the third information, or the sixth information to the PCF, the PCF transmits the server's first information, the third information, or the sixth information to the SMF, and the SMF transmits the first information, the third information, Or the sixth information is transferred to the AMF through Namf_Communication_N1N2MessageTransfer, and the AMF transfers the first information, the third information, or the sixth information to the RAN through an N2PDU session request message or an N2 message. For the detailed description of the PDU session establishment process or PDU session modification process, reference may be made to the existing PDU session establishment process or PDU session modification process, which will not be repeated here.
本申请的技术方案不仅可以适用于终端与服务器之间的数据传输,同样适用于终端与终端之间的数据传输。与终端与服务器之间的数据传输不同的是,终端从终端的应用层获取第一信息、第三信息、或第六信息,并根据第一信息、第三信息、或第六信息调整传输第一数据的PDB。更详细的描述可以参考终端与服务器之间的数据传输,在此不再赘述。The technical solution of the present application is not only applicable to the data transmission between the terminal and the server, but also applicable to the data transmission between the terminals. Different from the data transmission between the terminal and the server, the terminal obtains the first information, the third information, or the sixth information from the application layer of the terminal, and adjusts and transmits the first information, the third information, or the sixth information according to the first information, the third information, or the sixth information. A PDB of data. For a more detailed description, reference may be made to the data transmission between the terminal and the server, which will not be repeated here.
下面结合具体的示例,对本申请的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions of the present application are described below in combination with specific examples.
示例1至示例5以XR业务为例,其中的编码提前量可以对应于上文的时间提前量。下文涉及的期望的PDB可以为核心网设备为每个QoS流配置的PDB,例如,5QI中指示的PDB,可以对应于上文的第二信息,具体获取方式可以参考现有技术。Example 1 to Example 5 take the XR service as an example, where the coding advance amount may correspond to the above timing advance amount. The desired PDB mentioned below may be the PDB configured by the core network device for each QoS flow, for example, the PDB indicated in the 5QI may correspond to the second information above, and the specific acquisition method may refer to the prior art.
示例1Example 1
本示例中以XR业务为例,第一数据为XR业务的I帧,其中的编码提前量可以对应于上文的时间提前量。本示例的方案可以应用于I帧的编码提前量为固定值的场景。In this example, the XR service is taken as an example, the first data is an I frame of the XR service, and the coding advance amount therein may correspond to the above timing advance amount. The solution in this example can be applied to a scenario where the coding advance of the I frame is a fixed value.
步骤1,服务器在应用层对I帧进行RTP封装后,再在该经过RTP封装后的I帧前增加媒体信息(media info)包头。Step 1: After the server performs RTP encapsulation on the I frame at the application layer, a media info (media info) header is added before the RTP encapsulated I frame.
XR帧在传输至UPF前,会经过不同层的处理,如传输层、网络层等,XR帧在这些层的处理过程可以参考现有技术,本文不再赘述。例如,如图4所示,I帧对应的包头可以包括RTP包头、媒体信息包头、UDP包头、以及IP包头。Before the XR frame is transmitted to the UPF, it will be processed by different layers, such as the transport layer and the network layer. The processing process of the XR frame at these layers can refer to the existing technology, and will not be described in this article. For example, as shown in FIG. 4 , the header corresponding to the I frame may include an RTP header, a media information header, a UDP header, and an IP header.
其中,媒体信息包头包括XR数据相关的信息。该媒体信息包头可以被UPF所解析。Wherein, the media information packet header includes information related to the XR data. The media information header can be parsed by UPF.
一种可能的实现方式中,如图4所示,媒体信息包头包括数据包总数量(totalPacketNum)、帧号(FrameNum)、第一信息、以及第三信息,其中第一信息包括编码提前量(timing advance),第三信息包括GOP信息。其中,数据包总数量用于指示该I帧包括的数据包的数量。帧号为该I帧的编号、序列号、或索引等。编码提前量用于指示I帧的编码时刻的提前量,以60Hz XR视频业务为例,XR帧的编码时刻可以认为是在0ms、16.67ms、33.3ms、50ms等,假设提前4ms渲染和编码第三帧(I帧),此时XR帧的编码时刻变为0ms、16.67ms、29.3ms、50ms,编码提前量可以指示4ms。In a possible implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 4 , the media information packet header includes the total number of data packets (totalPacketNum), the frame number (FrameNum), first information, and third information, where the first information includes an encoding advance ( timing advance), the third information includes GOP information. Wherein, the total number of data packets is used to indicate the number of data packets included in the I frame. The frame number is the number, sequence number, or index of the I frame. The encoding advance is used to indicate the advance of the encoding time of the I frame. Taking the 60Hz XR video service as an example, the encoding time of the XR frame can be considered to be 0ms, 16.67ms, 33.3ms, 50ms, etc., assuming that the rendering and encoding time is 4ms in advance. Three frames (I frame), at this time, the encoding time of the XR frame becomes 0ms, 16.67ms, 29.3ms, 50ms, and the encoding advance amount can indicate 4ms.
本申请对于GOP信息和编码提前量所在的位置和所占比特数(bit(s))不作具体限定。例如,编码提前量可以为1字节信息,即在媒体信息包头中添加8比特信息,编码提前量的取值单位可以为毫秒,因此编码提前量的取值范围为0到(2 8-1)*0.0625ms。又例如,GOP信息可以为1字节信息,因此GOP信息的取值可以为4、8、16、32、64、128、…。 The present application does not specifically limit the positions and occupied bits (bit(s)) of the GOP information and the encoding advance. For example, the encoding advance can be 1-byte information, that is, 8-bit information is added to the media information packet header, and the value unit of the encoding advance can be milliseconds, so the value range of the encoding advance is 0 to (2 8 -1 )*0.0625ms. For another example, the GOP information may be 1-byte information, so the values of the GOP information may be 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, . . .
步骤2,服务器通过N6接口向UPF发送I帧和I帧对应的包头。In step 2, the server sends the I frame and the packet header corresponding to the I frame to the UPF through the N6 interface.
相应地,UPF接收来自服务器的I帧和I帧对应的包头。Correspondingly, the UPF receives the I frame from the server and the packet header corresponding to the I frame.
示例性地,该I帧对应的包头包括媒体信息包头。其中,媒体信息包头中携带有第一信息和第三信息。步骤3,UPF解析接收到的I帧对应的包头,得到媒体信息包头,然后将媒体信息包头中的信息编码或封装到GTP-U包头中。Exemplarily, the packet header corresponding to the I frame includes a media information packet header. Wherein, the media information packet header carries the first information and the third information. Step 3: UPF parses the packet header corresponding to the received I frame to obtain the media information packet header, and then encodes or encapsulates the information in the media information packet header into the GTP-U packet header.
由于GTP-U包头为RAN可识别的包头,因此RAN可以解析得到其中的第一信息和第三信息。Since the GTP-U header is a header recognizable by the RAN, the RAN can parse it to obtain the first information and the third information.
需要说明的是,这里的GTP-U包头也可以被称为GTP-U扩展包头。It should be noted that the GTP-U packet header here may also be called a GTP-U extended packet header.
步骤4,UPF通过N3接口向RAN发送I帧和I帧对应的包头。In step 4, the UPF sends the I frame and the packet header corresponding to the I frame to the RAN through the N3 interface.
相应地,RAN接收来自UPF的I帧和I帧对应的包头。Correspondingly, the RAN receives the I frame from the UPF and the packet header corresponding to the I frame.
此时,该I帧对应的包头包括GTP-U包头。其中,GTP-U包头中携带有第一信息和第三信息。At this time, the packet header corresponding to the I frame includes a GTP-U packet header. Wherein, the GTP-U packet header carries the first information and the third information.
步骤5,RAN解析接收到的I帧对应的包头,得到第一信息和第三信息。Step 5, the RAN parses the packet header corresponding to the received I frame to obtain the first information and the third information.
步骤6,RAN根据第三信息,确定I帧出现的时刻,并在I帧出现时,将I帧的期望的PDB延长第一信息中的编码提前量,得到实际的PDB。In step 6, the RAN determines the moment when the I frame appears according to the third information, and when the I frame appears, extends the expected PDB of the I frame by the coding advance in the first information to obtain the actual PDB.
由于XR帧的产生一般遵守GOP的周期,即每GOP个XR帧中产生一个I帧,因此若RAN获知GOP大小,RAN就可以推测出I帧出现的时刻。结合第一信息中的编码提前量,RAN每GOP个XR帧根据期望的PDB和编码提前量调整一次PDB并获得实际的PDB。Since the generation of XR frames generally follows the cycle of the GOP, that is, one I frame is generated in every XR frame of the GOP, so if the RAN knows the size of the GOP, the RAN can guess the time when the I frame appears. Combined with the coding advance in the first information, the RAN adjusts the PDB once every GOP of XR frames according to the expected PDB and the coding advance and obtains the actual PDB.
例如,PDB为10ms,GOP=8,编码提前量为4ms。GOP=8代表着服务器每8个XR帧中产生一个I帧,换句话说,每隔7个XR帧就会出现一次编码时刻提前。RAN每隔7个XR帧将PDB延长至14ms一次。For example, the PDB is 10ms, the GOP=8, and the coding advance is 4ms. GOP=8 means that the server generates an I frame every 8 XR frames, in other words, every 7 XR frames will have an encoding time advance. The RAN extends the PDB to 14ms every 7 XR frames.
步骤7,RAN根据实际的PDB发送I帧。In step 7, the RAN sends the I frame according to the actual PDB.
这里的I帧可能为步骤5中的I帧,也可以为后续RAN接收到的I帧,本申请不予限制。换句话说,本示例中的第一信息和第三信息可以用于调度承载该第一信息和第三信息的I帧,也可以用于调度后续RAN接收到的I帧。The I frame here may be the I frame in step 5, or the I frame received by the subsequent RAN, which is not limited in this application. In other words, the first information and the third information in this example may be used to schedule the I frame carrying the first information and the third information, and may also be used to schedule the subsequent I frame received by the RAN.
在本示例中,若I帧的编码提前量为固定值,则服务器可在业务初始阶段,将GOP 信息和编码提前量添加至媒体信息包头中。换句话说,服务器仅需要在业务初始阶段将GOP信息和编码提前量携带在I帧中发送至RAN,后续则无需再在I帧中携带GOP信息和编码提前量。In this example, if the encoding advance of the I frame is a fixed value, the server may add the GOP information and the encoding advance to the header of the media information packet at the initial stage of the service. In other words, the server only needs to carry the GOP information and coding advance in the I frame and send it to the RAN at the initial stage of the service, and there is no need to carry the GOP information and coding advance in the I frame later.
示例性地,第一信息和第三信息可以只在第一个I帧对应的媒体信息和/或GTP-U包头中出现。或者,第一信息和第三信息也可以在每个I帧的对应的媒体信息和/或GTP-U包头中出现。需要注意的是,一个I帧可能会分为多个IP包,该I帧的每个IP包都有对应的媒体信息和/或GTP-U包头,因此,第一信息和第三信息可以在第一个I帧的每个IP包的媒体信息和/或GTP-U包头中出现,也可以在每一个I帧的每个IP包的媒体信息和/或GTP-U包头中出现。或者,第一信息和第三信息可以在第一个I帧的第一个IP包的媒体信息和/或GTP-U包头中出现。Exemplarily, the first information and the third information may only appear in the media information and/or the GTP-U packet header corresponding to the first I frame. Alternatively, the first information and the third information may also appear in the corresponding media information and/or GTP-U packet header of each I frame. It should be noted that an I frame may be divided into multiple IP packets, and each IP packet of the I frame has corresponding media information and/or GTP-U packet header, therefore, the first information and the third information can be in It appears in the media information and/or GTP-U packet header of each IP packet of the first I frame, and may also appear in the media information and/or GTP-U packet header of each I frame. Or, the first information and the third information may appear in the media information and/or the GTP-U packet header of the first IP packet of the first I frame.
这样,本示例可以实现RAN周期性调整XR帧的空口PDB,有助于业务的传输。In this way, in this example, the RAN can periodically adjust the air interface PDB of the XR frame, which is helpful for service transmission.
示例2Example 2
本示例中以XR业务为例,第一数据包括XR帧,其中的编码提前量可以对应于上文的时间提前量。本示例的方案可以应用于服务器周期性的产生XR帧的场景。In this example, an XR service is taken as an example, the first data includes an XR frame, and the coding advance amount in it may correspond to the above timing advance amount. The solution in this example can be applied to a scenario where the server periodically generates XR frames.
步骤1,服务器在应用层对XR帧进行RTP封装后,再在该经过RTP封装后的XR帧前增加媒体信息包头。XR帧在传输至UPF前,会经过不同层的处理,如传输层,网络层等,XR帧在这些层的处理过程可以参考现有技术,本文不再赘述。例如,如图5所示,I帧对应的包头可以包括RTP包头、媒体信息包头、UDP包头、以及IP包头。Step 1: After performing RTP encapsulation on the XR frame at the application layer, the server adds a media information packet header before the RTP-encapsulated XR frame. Before the XR frame is transmitted to the UPF, it will be processed by different layers, such as the transport layer and the network layer. The processing process of the XR frame at these layers can refer to the existing technology, and will not be described in this article. For example, as shown in FIG. 5 , the header corresponding to the I frame may include an RTP header, a media information header, a UDP header, and an IP header.
其中,媒体信息包头包括XR数据相关的信息。该媒体信息包头可以被UPF所解析。Wherein, the media information packet header includes information related to the XR data. The media information header can be parsed by UPF.
一种可能的实现方式中,如图5所示,媒体信息包头包括数据包总数量、帧号、第一信息、以及第六信息,其中第一信息包括第一周期(period),第六信息包括编码提前标识符(timing advance flag)。数据包总数量用于指示该XR帧包括的数据包的数量。帧号为该XR帧的编号、序列号、或索引等。第一周期用于指示XR业务的XR帧的产生周期或发送周期。例如,对于60Hz XR视频业务每16.67ms产生一个XR帧。编码提前标识符用于指示是否进行了提前编码或服务器是否开启了提前编码功能。例如,当编码提前标识符=‘1’时,RAN需要确定实际的PDB,并根据实际的PDB进行第一数据的调度;当编码提前标识符=‘0’时,RAN不需要确定实际的PDB,并根据期望的PDB进行第一数据的调度。In a possible implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 5 , the media information packet header includes the total number of data packets, a frame number, first information, and sixth information, wherein the first information includes a first period (period), and the sixth information Include encoding timing advance flag. The total number of data packets is used to indicate the number of data packets included in the XR frame. The frame number is the number, sequence number, or index of the XR frame. The first period is used to indicate the generation period or sending period of the XR frame of the XR service. For example, for a 60Hz XR video service, an XR frame is generated every 16.67ms. The early encoding identifier is used to indicate whether the early encoding has been performed or whether the server has enabled the early encoding function. For example, when the encoding advance identifier = '1', the RAN needs to determine the actual PDB, and schedule the first data according to the actual PDB; when the encoding advance identifier = '0', the RAN does not need to determine the actual PDB , and schedule the first data according to the expected PDB.
本申请对于第一周期和编码提前标识符所在的位置和所占比特数(bit(s))不作具体限定。例如,第一周期可以为7比特信息,第一周期的单位可以为Hz,因此第一周期的取值可以为25、30、50、60、90、120、180、240、…,编码提前标识符可以为1比特信息,这样第一周期和编码提前标识符构成了一个字节信息。The present application does not specifically limit the location and number of bits (bit(s)) occupied by the first period and the encoding advance identifier. For example, the first period can be 7-bit information, and the unit of the first period can be Hz, so the value of the first period can be 25, 30, 50, 60, 90, 120, 180, 240, ..., and the code is identified in advance The symbol can be 1-bit information, so that the first period and the coding advance identifier constitute one byte of information.
步骤2,服务器通过N6接口向UPF发送XR帧和XR帧对应的包头。 Step 2, the server sends the XR frame and the packet header corresponding to the XR frame to the UPF through the N6 interface.
相应地,UPF接收来自服务器的XR帧和XR帧对应的包头。Correspondingly, the UPF receives the XR frame from the server and the packet header corresponding to the XR frame.
其中,该XR帧对应的包头包括媒体信息包头。其中,媒体信息包头中携带有第一信息和第六信息。Wherein, the packet header corresponding to the XR frame includes a media information packet header. Wherein, the media information packet header carries the first information and the sixth information.
步骤3,UPF解析接收到的帧对应的包头,得到媒体信息包头,然后将媒体信息包头中的信息编码或封装到GTP-U包头中。Step 3: The UPF parses the packet header corresponding to the received frame to obtain the media information packet header, and then encodes or encapsulates the information in the media information packet header into the GTP-U packet header.
由于GTP-U包头为RAN可识别的包头,因此RAN可以解析得到其中的第一信息和 第六信息。Since the GTP-U header is a header recognizable by the RAN, the RAN can parse it to obtain the first information and the sixth information.
步骤4,UPF通过N3接口向RAN发送XR帧和XR帧对应的包头。In step 4, the UPF sends the XR frame and the packet header corresponding to the XR frame to the RAN through the N3 interface.
相应地,RAN接收来自UPF的XR帧和XR帧对应的包头。Correspondingly, the RAN receives the XR frame from the UPF and the packet header corresponding to the XR frame.
示例性地,该XR帧对应的包头包括GTP-U包头。其中,GTP-U包头中携带有第一信息和第六信息。Exemplarily, the packet header corresponding to the XR frame includes a GTP-U packet header. Wherein, the GTP-U packet header carries the first information and the sixth information.
步骤5,RAN解析接收到的帧对应的包头,得到第一信息和第六信息。Step 5, the RAN parses the packet header corresponding to the received frame to obtain the first information and the sixth information.
步骤6,RAN根据第一信息和第六信息,确定实际的PDB。In step 6, the RAN determines the actual PDB according to the first information and the sixth information.
由于服务器周期性的产生XR帧,因此RAN可以根据第一信息中的第一周期(即XR帧的产生周期或发送周期)确定每个XR帧到达RAN的预期时间,然后结合XR帧到达RAN的实际时间,确定该XR帧的可用空口时间。结合第六信息中的编码提前标识符,若编码提前标识符指示进行了提前编码或服务器开启了提前编码功能,则RAN可以根据预期时间和实际时间的差值动态更新PDB,例如RAN将预期时间和实际时间的差值加在5QI中所指示的PDB(即期望的PDB)上,以得到实际的PDB;若编码提前标识符指示服务器未开启提前编码功能,则RAN可以按照5QI流中所指示的PDB(即期望的PDB)进行调度。Since the server periodically generates XR frames, the RAN can determine the expected time when each XR frame arrives at the RAN according to the first period in the first information (that is, the generation period or transmission period of the XR frame), and then combine the time when the XR frame arrives at the RAN The actual time determines the available air interface time of the XR frame. Combined with the encoding advance identifier in the sixth information, if the encoding advance identifier indicates that the advance encoding is performed or the server enables the advance encoding function, the RAN can dynamically update the PDB according to the difference between the expected time and the actual time, for example, the RAN will update the expected time The difference from the actual time is added to the PDB indicated in the 5QI (i.e. the expected PDB) to obtain the actual PDB; if the encoding advance identifier indicates that the server does not enable the advance encoding function, then the RAN can follow the 5QI stream Indicated The PDB (that is, the desired PDB) is scheduled.
例如,第一周期为60Hz,编码提前标识符指示进行了提前编码或服务器开启了提前编码功能,5QI中所指示的PDB为10ms。根据第一周期60Hz,RAN可以预测出两个XR帧之间相隔16.67ms,从而判断出每个XR帧到达RAN的期望时刻。若一个XR帧提前2ms到达了RAN,则RAN可以将该XR帧的PDB延长至12ms。For example, the first period is 60 Hz, the coding advance identifier indicates that the early coding is performed or the server enables the early coding function, and the PDB indicated in the 5QI is 10 ms. According to the first period of 60 Hz, the RAN can predict that the interval between two XR frames is 16.67 ms, so as to determine the expected time when each XR frame arrives at the RAN. If an XR frame arrives at the RAN 2ms earlier, the RAN can extend the PDB of the XR frame to 12ms.
步骤7,RAN根据实际的PDB发送XR帧。In step 7, the RAN sends the XR frame according to the actual PDB.
需要说明的是,这里的XR帧可以为步骤5中的XR帧,也可以为后续RAN接收到的XR帧,本申请不予限制。换句话说,第一周期和编码提前标识符可以用于调度承载第一周期和编码提前标识符的XR帧,也可以用于调度后续RAN接收到的XR帧。It should be noted that the XR frame here may be the XR frame in step 5, or the XR frame received by the subsequent RAN, which is not limited in this application. In other words, the first period and the coding advance identifier can be used to schedule the XR frame carrying the first period and the coding advance identifier, and can also be used to schedule XR frames received by the subsequent RAN.
还需要说明的是,这里的XR帧可以为I帧,也可以为P帧或其他任何类型的XR帧,本申请不予限制。It should also be noted that the XR frame here may be an I frame, a P frame or any other type of XR frame, which is not limited in this application.
若第一周期和编码提前标识符为一个静态量,则服务器可在业务初始阶段,将第一周期和编码提前标识符添加至媒体信息包头中。换句话说,服务器仅需要在业务初始阶段将第一周期和编码间提前标识符通过UPF发送至RAN,后续则无需再次发送第一周期和编码提前标识符。If the first period and the encoding advance identifier are static quantities, the server may add the first period and the encoding advance identifier to the header of the media information packet at the service initiation stage. In other words, the server only needs to send the first period and the inter-coding advance identifier to the RAN through the UPF at the initial stage of the service, and there is no need to send the first period and the encoding advance identifier again later.
若编码提前标识符是动态变化的,则服务器可每个XR帧中均携带编码提前标识符。If the coding advance identifier is dynamically changed, the server may carry the coding advance identifier in each XR frame.
还需要说明的是,若示例2中的第一数据为I帧,服务器还需要通过UPF将第三信息通知RAN,以便RAN根据第三信息确定I帧。It should also be noted that if the first data in Example 2 is an I frame, the server needs to notify the RAN of the third information through the UPF, so that the RAN can determine the I frame according to the third information.
这样,在示例2中无需服务器提供编码提前量,RAN可以根据XR帧的产生周期或发送周期,自适应调整调整XR帧的空口PDB,有助于业务的传输。In this way, in example 2, there is no need for the server to provide the encoding advance, and the RAN can adaptively adjust the air interface PDB of the XR frame according to the generation period or transmission period of the XR frame, which is helpful for service transmission.
示例3Example 3
本示例中以XR业务为例,本示例的方案可以应用于XR帧的编码提前量动态变化的场景,第一数据为每个XR帧或者XR业务中的每个I帧,下文以XR帧为例,其中的编码提前量可以对应于上文的时间提前量。In this example, the XR service is taken as an example. The solution in this example can be applied to the scene where the encoding advance of the XR frame changes dynamically. The first data is each XR frame or each I frame in the XR service. The following uses the XR frame as For example, the coding advance amount may correspond to the timing advance amount above.
服务器的编码器的编码时间可能会出现抖动,即编码器编码一个XR帧所耗用的时间 不同;另外,为降低XR业务端到端时延,也可以将P帧的编码提前。在此情况下,编码提前量不再是一个固定值,而是根据实际情况变化的。The encoding time of the encoder on the server may jitter, that is, the time spent by the encoder to encode an XR frame is different; in addition, to reduce the end-to-end delay of the XR service, the encoding of the P frame can also be advanced. In this case, the encoding advance is no longer a fixed value, but changes according to the actual situation.
针对上述情况,服务器可以将每个XR帧的编码提前量随XR帧一起发送至核心网和RAN,每个XR帧对应的包头都携带该XR帧的编码提前量。每次接收到XR帧后,RAN根据XR帧对应的包头中携带的编码提前量,调整该XR帧对应的PDB。即每个XR帧对应的包头中均携带第一信息,第一信息包括编码提前量。示例性地,该XR帧对应的包头包括媒体信息包头。其中,媒体信息包头中携带有第一信息和第六信息。In view of the above situation, the server may send the coding advance of each XR frame to the core network and RAN together with the XR frame, and the packet header corresponding to each XR frame carries the coding advance of the XR frame. Each time an XR frame is received, the RAN adjusts the PDB corresponding to the XR frame according to the coding advance carried in the packet header corresponding to the XR frame. That is, the packet header corresponding to each XR frame carries the first information, and the first information includes the coding advance amount. Exemplarily, the packet header corresponding to the XR frame includes a media information packet header. Wherein, the media information packet header carries the first information and the sixth information.
步骤1,服务器在应用层对XR帧进行RTP封装后,再在该经过RTP封装后的XR帧前增加媒体信息包头。Step 1: After performing RTP encapsulation on the XR frame at the application layer, the server adds a media information packet header before the RTP-encapsulated XR frame.
XR帧在传输至UPF前,会经过不同层的处理,如传输层,网络层等,XR帧在这些层的处理过程可以参考现有技术,本文不再赘述。例如,如图6所示,I帧对应的包头可以包括RTP包头、媒体信息包头、UDP包头、以及IP包头。Before the XR frame is transmitted to the UPF, it will be processed by different layers, such as the transport layer and the network layer. The processing process of the XR frame at these layers can refer to the existing technology, and will not be described in this article. For example, as shown in FIG. 6 , the header corresponding to the I frame may include an RTP header, a media information header, a UDP header, and an IP header.
其中,媒体信息包头包括XR数据相关的信息。该媒体信息包头可以被UPF所解析。Wherein, the media information packet header includes information related to the XR data. The media information header can be parsed by UPF.
一种可能的实现方式中,如图6所示,媒体信息包头包括数据包总数量、帧号、以及第一信息,其中第一信息包括编码提前量。其中,数据包总数量用于指示该XR帧包括的数据包的数量。帧号为该XR帧的编号、序列号、或索引等。编码提前量用于指示XR帧的编码时刻的提前量,以60Hz XR视频业务为例,XR帧的编码时刻可以认为是在0ms、16.67ms、33.3ms、50ms等,假设提前4ms渲染和编码第三帧,此时XR帧的编码时刻变为0ms、16.67ms、29.3ms、50ms,第三帧的编码提前量为4ms。相比于示例1,媒体信息包头中可以不携带GOP,降低媒体信息包头的大小。In a possible implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 6 , the media information packet header includes a total number of data packets, a frame number, and first information, where the first information includes an encoding advance. Wherein, the total number of data packets is used to indicate the number of data packets included in the XR frame. The frame number is the number, sequence number, or index of the XR frame. The encoding advance is used to indicate the advance of the encoding time of the XR frame. Taking the 60Hz XR video service as an example, the encoding time of the XR frame can be considered as 0ms, 16.67ms, 33.3ms, 50ms, etc., assuming that the rendering and encoding time is 4ms in advance. Three frames, at this time, the encoding time of the XR frame becomes 0ms, 16.67ms, 29.3ms, 50ms, and the encoding advance of the third frame is 4ms. Compared with example 1, the GOP may not be carried in the media information packet header, reducing the size of the media information packet header.
同样,本申请对于编码提前量所在的位置和所占比特数(bit(s))不作具体限定。例如,编码提前量可以为1字节信息,即在媒体信息包头以及下文的GTP-U包头中添加8比特信息,编码提前量的取值单位可以为毫秒,因此编码提前量的取值范围为0到(2 8-1)*0.0625ms。 Likewise, the present application does not specifically limit the location and the number of bits (bit(s)) occupied by the encoding advance. For example, the encoding advance can be 1-byte information, that is, 8-bit information is added to the media information header and the following GTP-U header. The value unit of the encoding advance can be milliseconds, so the value range of the encoding advance is 0 to (2 8 -1)*0.0625ms.
步骤2,服务器通过N6接口向UPF发送XR帧和XR帧对应的包头。 Step 2, the server sends the XR frame and the packet header corresponding to the XR frame to the UPF through the N6 interface.
相应地,UPF接收来自服务器的XR帧和XR帧对应的包头。Correspondingly, the UPF receives the XR frame from the server and the packet header corresponding to the XR frame.
示例性地,该XR帧对应的包头包括媒体信息包头。其中,媒体信息包头中携带有第一信息。Exemplarily, the packet header corresponding to the XR frame includes a media information packet header. Wherein, the media information packet header carries the first information.
步骤3,UPF解析接收到的XR帧对应的包头,得到媒体信息包头,然后将媒体信息包头中的信息编码或封装到GTP-U包头中。Step 3: The UPF parses the packet header corresponding to the received XR frame to obtain the media information packet header, and then encodes or encapsulates the information in the media information packet header into the GTP-U packet header.
由于GTP-U包头为RAN可识别的包头,因此RAN可以解析得到其中的第一信息。Since the GTP-U header is a header recognizable by the RAN, the RAN can parse it to obtain the first information.
需要说明的是,这里的GTP-U包头也可以被称为GTP-U扩展包头。It should be noted that the GTP-U packet header here may also be called a GTP-U extended packet header.
步骤4,UPF通过N3接口向RAN发送XR帧和XR帧对应的包头。In step 4, the UPF sends the XR frame and the packet header corresponding to the XR frame to the RAN through the N3 interface.
相应地,RAN接收来自UPF的XR帧和XR帧对应的包头。Correspondingly, the RAN receives the XR frame from the UPF and the packet header corresponding to the XR frame.
此时,该XR帧对应的包头包括GTP-U包头。其中,GTP-U包头中携带有第一信息。At this time, the packet header corresponding to the XR frame includes a GTP-U packet header. Wherein, the first information is carried in the GTP-U packet header.
步骤5,RAN解析接收到的XR帧对应的包头,得到第一信息。Step 5, the RAN parses the packet header corresponding to the received XR frame to obtain the first information.
步骤6,RAN根据第一信息,确定该XR帧的实际PDB。In step 6, the RAN determines the actual PDB of the XR frame according to the first information.
具体地,RAN将XR帧的期望的PDB延长第一信息中的编码提前量,得到实际的PDB。Specifically, the RAN extends the expected PDB of the XR frame by the coding advance amount in the first information to obtain the actual PDB.
步骤7,RAN根据实际的PDB发送该XR帧。Step 7, RAN sends the XR frame according to the actual PDB.
这样,本示例可以实现RAN调整XR帧的空口PDB,有助于业务的传输。In this way, in this example, the RAN can adjust the air interface PDB of the XR frame, which is helpful for service transmission.
示例4Example 4
在示例1至示例3中,第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息均承载于业务的XR帧中,即第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息承载于用户面数据中。本示例提供了另一种方式中,即将第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息通过控制面信令传输至RAN。In examples 1 to 3, the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information are all carried in the XR frame of the service, that is, the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information are carried in the in the user plane data. This example provides another manner, that is, transmitting the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information to the RAN through control plane signaling.
由于图4至图6可知,核心网的控制面信令是由AMF通过N2接口传递给RAN的。当PCF可以直接与服务器通信时,服务器可将第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息直接传递给PCF,PCF再将第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息传递至AMF,AMF通过N2接口将第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息配置给RAN,以使能RAN的合理调度。It can be seen from Fig. 4 to Fig. 6 that the control plane signaling of the core network is transmitted to the RAN by the AMF through the N2 interface. When the PCF can directly communicate with the server, the server can directly transmit the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information to the PCF, and the PCF then transmits the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information The information is transmitted to the AMF, and the AMF configures the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information to the RAN through the N2 interface, so as to enable reasonable scheduling of the RAN.
一种可能的实现方式,服务器在PDU会话管理过程中将第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息传递至RAN。例如,服务器在PDU会话建立过程或PDU会话修改过程中将第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息传递至RAN。In a possible implementation manner, the server transmits the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information to the RAN during the PDU session management process. For example, the server transmits the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information to the RAN during the establishment of the PDU session or the modification of the PDU session.
图7是PDU会话建立流程的示意图。图7仅示出了PDU会话建立流程的部分步骤,并且仅简单对示出的步骤进行了描述,完整和详细的流程可以参考现有技术,本文不再赘述。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a PDU session establishment process. FIG. 7 only shows some steps of the PDU session establishment process, and only briefly describes the shown steps. The complete and detailed process can refer to the prior art, and will not be repeated here.
步骤1,UE向AMF发送PDU会话建立请求消息(PDU Session Establishment Request)。In step 1, the UE sends a PDU session establishment request message (PDU Session Establishment Request) to the AMF.
相应地,AMF接收PDU会话建立请求消息。Correspondingly, the AMF receives the PDU session establishment request message.
步骤2,AMF进行SMF选择。 Step 2, AMF performs SMF selection.
步骤3,AMF向选择的SMF发送PDU会话管理(session management,SM)上下文创建请求消息。In step 3, the AMF sends a PDU session management (session management, SM) context creation request message to the selected SMF.
相应地,SMF接收会话管理上下文创建请求消息。Correspondingly, the SMF receives the session management context creation request message.
其中,会话管理上下文创建请求消息可以为Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Request。Wherein, the session management context creation request message may be Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Request.
步骤4,SMF与UDM交互,进行订阅检索或订阅更新(Subscription retrieval/Subscription for updates)。Step 4, SMF interacts with UDM to perform subscription retrieval or subscription update (Subscription retrieval/Subscription for updates).
步骤5,SMF向AMF发送PDU会话管理上下文创建响应消息。In step 5, the SMF sends a PDU session management context creation response message to the AMF.
相应地,AMF接收PDU会话管理上下文创建响应消息。Correspondingly, the AMF receives the PDU session management context creation response message.
其中,会话管理上下文创建响应消息可以为Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Response。Wherein, the session management context creation response message may be Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Response.
步骤6,执行PDU会话认证或授权(PDU Session authentication/authorization)。Step 6, perform PDU session authentication or authorization (PDU Session authentication/authorization).
步骤7a,SMF进行PCF选择。In step 7a, the SMF performs PCF selection.
步骤7b,SMF与选择的PCF交互,执行会话管理策略关联建立或者SMF发起会话管理策略关联修改(SM Policy Association Establishment or SMF initiated SM Policy Association Modification)。In step 7b, the SMF interacts with the selected PCF to execute session management policy association establishment or SMF initiates session management policy association modification (SM Policy Association Establishment or SMF initiated SM Policy Association Modification).
步骤8,SMF进行UPF选择。In step 8, the SMF performs UPF selection.
步骤9,SMF与选择的PCF交互,发起会话管理策略关联修改(SMF initiated SM Policy Association Modification)。In step 9, the SMF interacts with the selected PCF, and initiates session management policy association modification (SMF initiated SM Policy Association Modification).
步骤10a,SMF向选择的UPF发送N4会话建立或修改请求消息(N4 Session Establishment/Modification Request)。Step 10a, SMF sends N4 session establishment or modification request message (N4 Session Establishment/Modification Request) to the selected UPF.
相应地,UPF接收N4会话建立或修改请求消息。Correspondingly, the UPF receives the N4 session establishment or modification request message.
步骤10b,UPF向SMF发送N4会话建立或修改响应消息(N4 Session Establishment/Modification Response)。Step 10b, UPF sends N4 session establishment or modification response message (N4 Session Establishment/Modification Response) to SMF.
相应地,SMF接收N4会话建立或修改响应消息。Correspondingly, the SMF receives the N4 session establishment or modification response message.
步骤11,SMF向AMF发送N1N2消息传递消息(Namf_Communication_N1N2Message Transfer)。In step 11, the SMF sends a N1N2 message transfer message (Namf_Communication_N1N2Message Transfer) to the AMF.
相应地,AMF接收N1N2消息传递消息。Accordingly, the AMF receives the N1N2 messaging message.
步骤12,AMF向RAN发送N2PDU会话请求消息。Step 12, AMF sends N2PDU session request message to RAN.
相应地,RAN接收N2PDU会话请求消息。Accordingly, the RAN receives the N2PDU Session Request message.
其中,N2PDU会话请求消息中可以携带本申请的第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息。Wherein, the N2PDU session request message may carry the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information of this application.
对于本申请的第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息,PCF在从服务器获取到第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息后,可以通过步骤7b或步骤9将第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息发送至SMF。SMF可以通过步骤11中的N1N2消息传递消息将获取到的第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息发送至AMF。AMF可以通过步骤12中的N2PDU会话请求消息将获取到的第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息发送至RAN。RAN在获取到第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息后,可以根据第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息对业务传输过程中接收到的数据进行调度,具体地调度方式可以参考示例1至示例3,在此不再赘述。For the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information of this application, after the PCF obtains the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information from the server, it may pass step 7b or step 9 Send the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information to the SMF. The SMF may send the acquired first information and/or third information and/or sixth information to the AMF through the N1N2 message delivery message in step 11. The AMF may send the obtained first information and/or third information and/or sixth information to the RAN through the N2PDU session request message in step 12. After the RAN acquires the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information, it may schedule the data received during the service transmission according to the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information, For the specific scheduling manner, reference may be made to Example 1 to Example 3, which will not be repeated here.
图8是PDU会话修改流程的示意图。同样图8仅示出了PDU会话修改流程的部分步骤,并且仅简单对示出的步骤进行了描述,完整和详细的流程可以参考现有技术,本文不再赘述。Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of a PDU session modification process. Similarly, FIG. 8 only shows some steps of the PDU session modification process, and only briefly describes the shown steps. The complete and detailed process can refer to the prior art, and will not be repeated here.
步骤1a,UE发起的PDU会话修改过程。Step 1a, the PDU session modification process initiated by the UE.
具体地,UE向AMF发送PDU会话修改请求消息(PDU Session Modification Request),AMF接收到PDU会话修改请求消息后,向SMF发送会话管理上下文更新消息。Specifically, the UE sends a PDU session modification request message (PDU Session Modification Request) to the AMF, and the AMF sends a session management context update message to the SMF after receiving the PDU session modification request message.
其中,会话管理上下文更新消息可以为Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext。Wherein, the session management context update message may be Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext.
步骤1b,SMF发起的PDU会话修改过程。Step 1b, the PDU session modification process initiated by the SMF.
具体地,SMF与PCF交互,PCF发起会话管理策略关联修改(PCF initiated SM Policy Association Modification)。Specifically, the SMF interacts with the PCF, and the PCF initiates session management policy association modification (PCF initiated SM Policy Association Modification).
步骤1c,SMF发起的PDU会话修改过程。Step 1c, the PDU session modification process initiated by the SMF.
具体地,SMF与UDM交互,SMF更新会话管理签约数据。Specifically, the SMF interacts with the UDM, and the SMF updates the session management subscription data.
一种可能实现方式,UDM通过SDM通知消息Nudm_SDM_Notification更新SMF的签约数据。In a possible implementation manner, the UDM updates the subscription data of the SMF through the SDM notification message Nudm_SDM_Notification.
步骤1d,SMF发起的PDU会话修改过程。Step 1d, the PDU session modification process initiated by the SMF.
如果SM在步骤1b-1d中接收到触发器,则SMF启动SMF请求的PDU会话修改过程。If the SM receives a trigger in step 1b-1d, the SMF initiates the SMF-requested PDU session modification procedure.
步骤1e,RAN发起的PDU会话修改过程。Step 1e, PDU session modification process initiated by RAN.
具体地,RAN向AMF发送N2消息;AMF在接收到N2消息后,向SMF发送会话管理上下文更新消息。Specifically, the RAN sends an N2 message to the AMF; after receiving the N2 message, the AMF sends a session management context update message to the SMF.
其中,会话管理上下文更新消息可以为Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext。Wherein, the session management context update message may be Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext.
步骤1f,AMF发起的PDU会话修改过程。Step 1f, the PDU session modification process initiated by the AMF.
具体地,AMF向SMF发送会话管理上下文更新消息。Specifically, the AMF sends a session management context update message to the SMF.
步骤2,SMF与PCF交互,发起会话管理策略关联修改(SMF initiated SM Policy Association Modification)。Step 2: SMF interacts with PCF to initiate session management policy association modification (SMF initiated SM Policy Association Modification).
步骤2a,SMF向选择的UPF发送N4会话建立或修改请求消息(N4 Session Establishment/Modification Request)。Step 2a, SMF sends N4 session establishment or modification request message (N4 Session Establishment/Modification Request) to the selected UPF.
相应地,UPF接收N4会话建立或修改请求消息。Correspondingly, the UPF receives the N4 session establishment or modification request message.
步骤2b,UPF向SMF发送N4会话建立或修改响应消息(N4 Session Establishment/Modification Response)。Step 2b, UPF sends N4 session establishment or modification response message (N4 Session Establishment/Modification Response) to SMF.
相应地,SMF接收N4会话建立或修改响应消息。Correspondingly, the SMF receives the N4 session establishment or modification response message.
步骤3a,SMF向AMF发送会话管理上下文更新响应消息。In step 3a, the SMF sends a session management context update response message to the AMF.
相应地,AMF接收会话管理上下文更新响应消息。Correspondingly, the AMF receives the session management context update response message.
其中,会话管理上下文更新响应消息可以为Response of Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSM Context。Wherein, the session management context update response message may be Response of Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSM Context.
步骤3b,SMF向AMF发送N1N2消息传递消息(Namf_Communication_N1N2Message Transfer)。In step 3b, the SMF sends a N1N2 message transfer message (Namf_Communication_N1N2Message Transfer) to the AMF.
相应地,AMF接收N1N2消息传递消息。Accordingly, the AMF receives the N1N2 messaging message.
步骤3c,SMF向AMF发送会话管理上下文状态通知消息。In step 3c, the SMF sends a session management context status notification message to the AMF.
相应地,AMF接收会话管理上下文状态通知消息。Correspondingly, the AMF receives the session management context state notification message.
其中,会话管理上下文状态通知消息可以为Nsmf_PDUSession_SMContextStatusNotify。Wherein, the session management context status notification message may be Nsmf_PDUSession_SMContextStatusNotify.
步骤4,AMF向RAN发送N2消息。Step 4, AMF sends N2 message to RAN.
相应地,RAN接收N2消息。Accordingly, the RAN receives the N2 message.
对于本申请的第一信息、第三信息或第六信息,PCF在从服务器获取到第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息后,可以通过步骤1b或步骤2将第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息发送至SMF。SMF可以通过步骤3a中的会话管理上下文更新响应消息、步骤3b中的N1N2消息传递消息或步骤3c中的会话管理上下文状态通知消息将获取到的第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息发送至AMF。AMF可以通过步骤4中的N2消息将获取到的第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息发送至RAN。RAN在获取到第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息后,可以根据第一信息和/或第三信息和/或第六信息对业务传输过程中接收到的数据进行调度,具体地调度方式可以参考示例1至示例3,在此不再赘述。For the first information, third information or sixth information of this application, after the PCF obtains the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information from the server, it can send the first information to And/or the third information and/or the sixth information is sent to the SMF. The SMF may use the session management context update response message in step 3a, the N1N2 message delivery message in step 3b, or the session management context state notification message in step 3c to obtain the first information and/or third information and/or the first information 6. Information sent to AMF. The AMF may send the obtained first information and/or third information and/or sixth information to the RAN through the N2 message in step 4. After the RAN acquires the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information, it may schedule the data received during the service transmission according to the first information and/or the third information and/or the sixth information, For the specific scheduling manner, reference may be made to Example 1 to Example 3, which will not be repeated here.
示例5Example 5
本示例中以XR业务为例,第一数据为XR业务的I帧,其中的编码提前量可以对应于上文的时间提前量。本示例的方案可以应用于XR帧的编码提前量为固定值的场景。In this example, the XR service is taken as an example, the first data is an I frame of the XR service, and the coding advance amount therein may correspond to the above timing advance amount. The solution in this example can be applied to a scenario where the encoding lead of the XR frame is a fixed value.
对I帧提前编码可以能会出现以下情况:当I帧编码提前量过大,如当I帧早于其前一个P帧进行编码,即该GOP的I帧早于前一个GOP中最后一个P帧编码,会导致该I帧比前一P帧提前到达RAN。在该情况下,若采用示例1的方案,RAN可能会错误认为后达到的P帧为I帧,而先到达的I帧为前一个GOP的P帧,导致RAN将编码提前量增加到后到达的P帧的PDB上。The following situations may occur when the I frame is encoded in advance: when the I frame encoding advance is too large, such as when the I frame is encoded earlier than the previous P frame, that is, the I frame of the GOP is earlier than the last P frame in the previous GOP Frame encoding will cause this I frame to arrive at the RAN earlier than the previous P frame. In this case, if the solution in Example 1 is used, the RAN may mistakenly believe that the P frame that arrives later is an I frame, and the I frame that arrives earlier is the P frame of the previous GOP, causing the RAN to increase the coding advance to the later arrival on the PDB of the P frame.
针对上述情况,本示例提供以下2种方法。For the above situation, this example provides the following two methods.
方法1 method 1
在业务建立阶段,服务器将第一信息通过控制面信令发送至RAN,第一信息包括编码提前量。第一信息的具体传输方式可以参考示例4,在此不再赘述。In the service establishment phase, the server sends the first information to the RAN through control plane signaling, where the first information includes a coding advance. For a specific transmission manner of the first information, reference may be made to Example 4, which will not be repeated here.
在业务传输阶段,服务器在每个XR帧对应的包头中增加第三信息,第三信息包括一个帧类型指示符,该帧类型指示符用于指示XR帧是否为I帧。RAN在接收到XR帧对应的包头后,解析XR帧对应的包头得到第三信息,根据第三信息中的帧类型指示符确定该XR帧是否为I帧。示例性地,I帧对应的包头包括媒体信息包头。其中,媒体信息包头中携带有第一信息和第六信息。In the service transmission phase, the server adds third information to the header corresponding to each XR frame, the third information includes a frame type indicator, and the frame type indicator is used to indicate whether the XR frame is an I frame. After receiving the header corresponding to the XR frame, the RAN parses the header corresponding to the XR frame to obtain third information, and determines whether the XR frame is an I frame according to the frame type indicator in the third information. Exemplarily, the packet header corresponding to the I frame includes a media information packet header. Wherein, the media information packet header carries the first information and the sixth information.
若RAN确定该XR帧为I帧,则RAN将该XR帧的期望PDB延长第一信息包括的编码提前量,得到实际的PDB,并根据实际的PDB发送该XR帧;若RAN确定该XR帧不是I帧,则RAN根据该XR帧期望的PDB发送该XR帧。第三信息的具体传输方式可以参考示例1至示例3,在此不再赘述。If the RAN determines that the XR frame is an I frame, then the RAN extends the expected PDB of the XR frame by the coding advance included in the first information to obtain the actual PDB, and sends the XR frame according to the actual PDB; if the RAN determines that the XR frame If it is not an I frame, the RAN sends the XR frame according to the expected PDB of the XR frame. For the specific transmission manner of the third information, reference may be made to Example 1 to Example 3, which will not be repeated here.
例如,在每个XR帧对应的包头中添加1比特信息,用于指示当前的XR帧为I帧或者P帧。例如,当该比特为‘1’时,代表该包头随路的数据载荷属于I帧;当该比特为‘0’时,代表该包头随路的数据载荷属于P帧。For example, 1-bit information is added to the packet header corresponding to each XR frame to indicate that the current XR frame is an I frame or a P frame. For example, when the bit is '1', it means that the header-associated data load belongs to an I frame; when the bit is '0', it means that the header-associated data load belongs to a P frame.
在方法1中,服务器无需将GOP信息通知UPF和/或UPF也无需将GOP信息通知RAN。In method 1, the server does not need to notify the UPF and/or the UPF of the GOP information and does not need to notify the RAN of the GOP information.
方法2 Method 2
在业务建立阶段,服务器将第一信息和第三信息通过控制面信令发送至RAN。其中,第一信息包括编码提前量,第三信息包括GOP信息和第五信息,第五信息可以是用于指示I帧提前N个P帧进行编码的替代信令。第一信息和第三信息的具体传输方式可以参考示例4,在此不再赘述。例如,替代信令可以为一个1比特或2比特信息。若替代信令为1比特信息时,‘1’代表I帧提前于前1个P帧编码,‘0’代表I帧未提前于前一个P帧编码。若替代信令为2比特信息,可以认为‘00’代表I帧未提前于前一个P帧编码,‘01’、‘10’、‘11’分别代表I帧提前1、2、3个P帧进行编码。In the service establishment stage, the server sends the first information and the third information to the RAN through control plane signaling. Wherein, the first information includes an encoding advance amount, the third information includes GOP information and fifth information, and the fifth information may be a substitute signaling for instructing an I frame to be encoded by N P frames in advance. For a specific transmission manner of the first information and the third information, reference may be made to Example 4, which will not be repeated here. For example, the alternative signaling can be a 1-bit or 2-bit message. If the replacement signaling is 1-bit information, '1' means that the I frame is coded ahead of the previous P frame, and '0' means that the I frame is not coded ahead of the previous P frame. If the replacement signaling is 2-bit information, it can be considered that '00' represents that the I frame is not coded ahead of the previous P frame, and '01', '10', and '11' represent that the I frame is ahead of the previous P frame by 1, 2, and 3 P frames, respectively. to encode.
在业务传输阶段,RAN根据第三信息确定I帧出现的位置,并在I帧出现时,将I帧期望的PDB延长第一信息中的编码提前量。In the service transmission phase, the RAN determines the position where the I frame appears according to the third information, and when the I frame appears, extends the expected PDB of the I frame by the coding advance amount in the first information.
上文结合图3至图8,详细描述了本申请提供的方法,下面将结合图9至图10,详细描述本申请的装置实施例。可以理解的是,为了实现上述实施例中功能,图9或图10中的装置包括了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本申请中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及方法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件相结合的形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用场景和设计约束条件。The method provided by the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 3 to FIG. 8 , and the device embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with FIG. 9 to FIG. 10 . It can be understood that, in order to implement the functions in the foregoing embodiments, the apparatus in FIG. 9 or FIG. 10 includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing various functions. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with reference to the units and method steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed in the present application. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives the hardware depends on the specific application scenario and design constraints of the technical solution.
图9和图10为本申请的实施例提供的可能的装置的结构示意图。这些装置可以用于实现上述方法实施例中接入网设备、UPF、服务器或终端的功能,因此也能实现上述方法实施例所具备的有益效果。FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 are schematic structural diagrams of possible devices provided by the embodiments of the present application. These apparatuses can be used to implement the functions of the access network device, UPF, server, or terminal in the foregoing method embodiments, and thus can also realize the beneficial effects of the foregoing method embodiments.
如图9所示,装置600包括收发单元610和处理单元620。As shown in FIG. 9 , the device 600 includes a transceiver unit 610 and a processing unit 620 .
当装置600用于实现上述方法实施例中接入网设备的功能时,收发单元610用于:获 取第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一数据的实际生成时刻早于所述第一数据的期望生成时刻;以及获取第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示期望的包时延预算PDB,所述PDB为所述第一数据从所述接入网设备对应的UPF到终端的传输延迟的时间上界。处理单元620用于:根据所述第一信息和所述第二信息,确定实际的PDB。收发单元610还用于:根据所述实际的PDB发送所述第一数据。When the apparatus 600 is used to realize the function of the access network device in the above method embodiment, the transceiver unit 610 is used to: acquire first information, and the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the first data An expected generation time of the data; and obtaining second information, the second information is used to indicate the expected packet delay budget PDB, the PDB is the first data from the UPF corresponding to the access network device to the terminal The time upper bound on the transmission delay of . The processing unit 620 is configured to: determine an actual PDB according to the first information and the second information. The transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: send the first data according to the actual PDB.
可选地,所述第一信息包括时间提前量,所述时间提前量是所述实际生成时刻与所述期望生成时刻之间的时间差。处理单元620具体用于:根据所述时间提前量和所述期望的PDB,确定所述实际的PDB。Optionally, the first information includes a time advance, where the time advance is a time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time. The processing unit 620 is specifically configured to: determine the actual PDB according to the timing advance and the expected PDB.
可选地,所述第一信息包括第一周期,所述第一周期为所述第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期。处理单元620具体用于:根据所述第一周期和所述期望的PDB,确定所述实际的PDB。Optionally, the first information includes a first cycle, and the first cycle is a data generation cycle or a sending cycle of the service to which the first data belongs. The processing unit 620 is specifically configured to: determine the actual PDB according to the first period and the expected PDB.
可选地,收发单元610还用于:接收第一数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第一信息。收发单元610具体用于:通过所述包头获取所述第一信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: receive a packet header corresponding to the first data, where the packet header includes the first information. The transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the first information through the packet header.
可选地,收发单元610还用于:接收第二数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第一信息。收发单元610具体用于:通过所述包头获取所述第一信息,其中,所述接入网设备接收到所述第二数据的时刻早于所述接入网设备接收到所述第一数据的时刻。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: receive a header corresponding to the second data, where the header includes the first information. The transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the first information through the packet header, wherein the time when the access network device receives the second data is earlier than the time when the access network device receives the first data moment.
可选地,所述包头包括GTP-U包头,所述第一信息承载于所述GTP-U包头中。Optionally, the header includes a GTP-U header, and the first information is carried in the GTP-U header.
可选地,收发单元610具体用于:通过PDU会话建立过程中的控制面信令或PDU会话修改过程中的控制面信令获取所述第一信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the first information through control plane signaling in a PDU session establishment process or control plane signaling in a PDU session modification process.
可选地,所述期望的PDB是基于来自核心网设备的配置信息确定的。Optionally, the expected PDB is determined based on configuration information from core network equipment.
可选地,收发单元610还用于:获取第三信息。处理单元620还用于:根据所述第三信息确定所述第一数据。其中,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:GOP信息、第四信息、或第五信息;所述GOP信息用于指示所述第一数据的产生周期或发送周期;所述第四信息用于指示所述第一数据所属业务的数据的类型;所述第五信息用于指示所述第一数据提前第三数据进行编码,所述第三数据为在所述第一数据满足第一周期的情况下产生时刻或发送时刻早于所述第一数据的N个相邻数据,所述第一周期为所述第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期,所述N为非负整数;或者,所述第五信息用于指示所述N的数值。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: acquire third information. The processing unit 620 is further configured to: determine the first data according to the third information. Wherein, the third information includes at least one of the following information: GOP information, fourth information, or fifth information; the GOP information is used to indicate the generation period or transmission period of the first data; the fourth The information is used to indicate the data type of the service to which the first data belongs; the fifth information is used to indicate that the first data is encoded in advance of the third data, and the third data is when the first data satisfies the first data. In the case of one period, the generation time or transmission time is earlier than N adjacent data of the first data, the first period is the generation period or transmission period of the data of the business to which the first data belongs, and the N is a non-negative integer; or, the fifth information is used to indicate the value of N.
可选地,收发单元610还用于:接收第一数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第三信息。收发单元610具体用于:通过所述包头获取所述第三信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: receive a packet header corresponding to the first data, where the packet header includes the third information. The transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the third information through the packet header.
可选地,收发单元610还用于:接收第二数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第三信息。收发单元610具体用于:通过所述包头获取所述第三信息。其中,所述接入网设备接收到所述第二数据的时刻早于所述接入网设备接收到所述第一数据的时刻。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: receive a packet header corresponding to the second data, where the packet header includes the third information. The transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the third information through the packet header. Wherein, the time when the access network device receives the second data is earlier than the time when the access network device receives the first data.
可选地,所述包头包括GTP-U包头,所述第三信息承载于所述GTP-U包头中。Optionally, the header includes a GTP-U header, and the third information is carried in the GTP-U header.
可选地,收发单元610具体用于:通过PDU会话建立过程中的控制面信令或PDU会话修改过程中的控制面信令获取所述第三信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the third information through control plane signaling during the PDU session establishment process or control plane signaling during the PDU session modification process.
可选地,收发单元610还用于:获取第六信息,所述第六信息用于指示所述接入网设备检测所述第一信息,或者所述第六信息用于指示进行了提前编码或服务器开启了提前编码功能。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: acquire sixth information, the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, or the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding is performed Or the server has enabled the ahead-of-time encoding function.
可选地,所述第六信息用于指示所述接入网设备检测所述第一信息,收发单元610还用于:接收第二数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第六信息。收发单元610具体用于:通过所述包头获取所述第六信息。其中,所述接入网设备接收到所述第二数据的时刻早于所述接入网设备接收到所述第一数据的时刻。Optionally, the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, and the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: receive a header corresponding to the second data, where the header includes the sixth information. The transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the sixth information through the packet header. Wherein, the time when the access network device receives the second data is earlier than the time when the access network device receives the first data.
可选地,所述第六信息用于指示进行了提前编码或服务器开启了提前编码功能,收发单元610还用于:所述接入网设备接收所述第一数据的对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第六信息。收发单元610具体用于:通过所述包头获取所述第六信息。Optionally, the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding has been performed or the server has enabled the advance encoding function, and the transceiver unit 610 is further configured to: the access network device receives the corresponding packet header of the first data, the The packet header includes the sixth information. The transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the sixth information through the packet header.
可选地,所述第六信息用于指示所述接入网设备检测所述第一信息,收发单元610还用于:通过PDU会话建立过程中的控制面信令或PDU会话修改过程中的控制面信令获取所述第六信息。Optionally, the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, and the transceiver unit 610 is further configured to: use control plane signaling during the PDU session establishment process or PDU session modification process Obtain the sixth information through control plane signaling.
可选地,所述控制面信令为N2PDU会话请求消息或N2消息。Optionally, the control plane signaling is an N2PDU session request message or an N2 message.
可选地,所述包头包括GTP-U包头,所述第六信息承载于所述GTP-U包头中。Optionally, the header includes a GTP-U header, and the sixth information is carried in the GTP-U header.
当装置600用于实现上述方法实施例中UPF的功能时,收发单元610用于:接收第一数据和第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一数据的实际生成时刻早于所述第一数据的期望生成时刻;以及发送所述第一数据和所述第一信息。When the device 600 is used to implement the function of UPF in the above method embodiment, the transceiver unit 610 is used to: receive the first data and the first information, the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than an expected generation time of the first data; and sending the first data and the first information.
可选地,所述第一信息包括时间提前量,所述时间提前量是所述实际生成时刻与所述期望生成时刻之间的时间差。Optionally, the first information includes a time advance, where the time advance is a time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time.
可选地,所述第一信息包括第一周期,所述第一周期为所述第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期。Optionally, the first information includes a first period, and the first period is a generation period or a sending period of data of the service to which the first data belongs.
可选地,收发单元610具体用于:通过所述第一数据对应的包头发送所述第一信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the first information through a packet header corresponding to the first data.
可选地,收发单元610具体用于:通过第二数据对应的包头发送所述第一信息,所述UPF接收到所述第二数据的时刻早于所述UPF接收到所述第一数据的时刻。Optionally, the transceiver unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the first information through a packet header corresponding to the second data, the time when the UPF receives the second data is earlier than the time when the UPF receives the first data time.
可选地,收发单元610还用于:接收所述第一数据的应用层包头,所述第一信息承载于所述应用层包头中。处理单元620用于:从所述应用层包头获取所述第一信息;以及将所述第一信息编码至所述GTP-U包头中。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: receive an application layer header of the first data, where the first information is carried in the application layer header. The processing unit 620 is configured to: acquire the first information from the application layer header; and encode the first information into the GTP-U header.
可选地,收发单元610还用于:接收第三信息;以及发送所述第三信息。其中,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:GOP信息、第四信息、或第五信息;所述GOP信息用于指示所述第一数据的产生周期或发送周期;所述第四信息用于指示所述第一数据所属业务的数据的类型;所述第五信息用于指示所述第一数据提前第三数据进行编码,所述第三数据为在所述第一数据满足第一周期的情况下产生时刻或发送时刻早于所述第一数据的N个相邻数据,所述第一周期为所述第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期,所述N为非负整数;或者,所述第五信息用于指示所述N的数值。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: receive third information; and send the third information. Wherein, the third information includes at least one of the following information: GOP information, fourth information, or fifth information; the GOP information is used to indicate the generation period or transmission period of the first data; the fourth The information is used to indicate the data type of the service to which the first data belongs; the fifth information is used to indicate that the first data is encoded in advance of the third data, and the third data is when the first data satisfies the first data. In the case of one period, the generation time or transmission time is earlier than N adjacent data of the first data, the first period is the generation period or transmission period of the data of the service to which the first data belongs, and the N is a non-negative integer; or, the fifth information is used to indicate the value of N.
可选地,收发单元610具体用于:通过所述第一数据对应的包头发送所述第三信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the third information through a packet header corresponding to the first data.
可选地,所述包头包括GTP-U包头,所述第三信息承载于所述GTP-U包头中。Optionally, the header includes a GTP-U header, and the third information is carried in the GTP-U header.
当装置600用于实现上述方法实施例中服务器的功能时,处理单元620用于:确定第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一数据的实际生成时刻早于所述第一数据的期望生成时刻。收发单元610用于:发送所述第一信息。When the device 600 is used to implement the server function in the above method embodiment, the processing unit 620 is used to: determine the first information, the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the time of the first data The expected generation moment. The transceiving unit 610 is configured to: send the first information.
可选地,所述第一信息包括时间提前量,所述时间提前量是所述实际生成时刻与所述期望生成时刻之间的时间差。Optionally, the first information includes a time advance, where the time advance is a time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time.
可选地,所述第一信息包括第一周期,所述第一周期为所述第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期。Optionally, the first information includes a first cycle, and the first cycle is a data generation cycle or a sending cycle of the service to which the first data belongs.
可选地,收发单元610具体用于:通过所述第一数据对应的包头发送所述第一信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the first information through a packet header corresponding to the first data.
可选地,收发单元610具体用于:通过第二数据对应的包头发送所述第一信息,所述服务器发送所述第二数据的时刻早于所述服务器发送所述第一数据的时刻。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the first information through a packet header corresponding to the second data, and the time when the server sends the second data is earlier than the time when the server sends the first data.
可选地,所述包头包括应用层包头,所述第一信息承载于所述应用层包头中。Optionally, the header includes an application layer header, and the first information is carried in the application layer header.
可选地,收发单元610具体用于:通过PDU会话建立过程中的控制面信令或PDU会话修改过程中的控制面信令发送所述第一信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the first information through control plane signaling during the PDU session establishment process or control plane signaling during the PDU session modification process.
可选地,处理单元620还用于:确定第三信息。收发单元610还用于:发送所述第三信息。其中,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:GOP信息、第四信息、或第五信息;所述GOP信息用于指示所述第一数据的产生周期或发送周期;所述第四信息用于指示所述第一数据所属业务的数据的类型;所述第五信息用于指示所述第一数据提前第三数据进行编码,所述第三数据为在所述第一数据满足第一周期的情况下产生时刻或发送时刻早于所述第一数据的N个相邻数据,所述第一周期为所述第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期,所述N为非负整数;或者,所述第五信息用于指示所述N的数值。Optionally, the processing unit 620 is further configured to: determine third information. The transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: send the third information. Wherein, the third information includes at least one of the following information: GOP information, fourth information, or fifth information; the GOP information is used to indicate the generation period or transmission period of the first data; the fourth The information is used to indicate the data type of the service to which the first data belongs; the fifth information is used to indicate that the first data is encoded in advance of the third data, and the third data is when the first data satisfies the first data. In the case of one period, the generation time or transmission time is earlier than N adjacent data of the first data, the first period is the generation period or transmission period of the data of the service to which the first data belongs, and the N is a non-negative integer; or, the fifth information is used to indicate the value of N.
可选地,收发单元610具体用于:通过所述第一数据对应的包头发送所述第三信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the third information through a packet header corresponding to the first data.
可选地,收发单元610具体用于:通过第二数据对应的包头发送所述第三信息,所述服务器接收到所述第二数据的时刻早于所述服务器接收到所述第一数据的时刻。Optionally, the transceiver unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the third information through a packet header corresponding to the second data, and the time when the server receives the second data is earlier than the time when the server receives the first data time.
可选地,所述包头包括应用层包头,所述第三信息承载于所述应用层包头中。Optionally, the header includes an application layer header, and the third information is carried in the application layer header.
可选地,收发单元610具体用于:通过PDU会话建立过程中的控制面信令或PDU会话修改过程中的控制面信令发送所述第三信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the third information through control plane signaling during the PDU session establishment process or control plane signaling during the PDU session modification process.
可选地,处理单元620还用于:确定第六信息。收发单元610还用于:发送所述第六信息,所述第六信息用于指示所述接入网设备检测所述第一信息,或者所述第六信息用于指示进行了提前编码或服务器开启了提前编码功能。Optionally, the processing unit 620 is further configured to: determine sixth information. The transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: send the sixth information, where the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, or the sixth information is used to indicate that pre-coding or server The ahead-of-time encoding feature is turned on.
可选地,所述第六信息用于指示接入网设备检测所述第一信息,收发单元610具体用于:通过第二数据对应的包头发送所述第六信息,所述服务器发送所述第二数据的时刻早于所述服务器发送所述第一数据的时刻。Optionally, the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, and the transceiver unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the sixth information through a packet header corresponding to the second data, and the server sends the The time of the second data is earlier than the time of sending the first data by the server.
可选地,所述第六信息用于指示进行了提前编码或服务器开启了提前编码功能,收发单元610具体用于:通过所述第一数据的对应的包头发送所述第六信息。Optionally, the sixth information is used to indicate that advance encoding is performed or the server enables an advance encoding function, and the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: send the sixth information through a corresponding header of the first data.
可选地,所述包头包括应用层包头,所述第六信息承载于所述应用层包头中。Optionally, the packet header includes an application layer header, and the sixth information is carried in the application layer header.
可选地,所述第六信息用于指示接入网设备检测所述第一信息,收发单元610具体用于:通过PDU会话建立过程中的控制面信令或PDU会话修改过程中的控制面信令发送所述第六信息。Optionally, the sixth information is used to instruct the access network device to detect the first information, and the transceiver unit 610 is specifically configured to: use control plane signaling in the process of establishing a PDU session or control plane in the process of modifying a PDU session Send the sixth information by signaling.
当装置600用于实现上述方法实施例中终端的功能时,收发单元610:获取第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一数据的实际生成时刻早于所述第一数据的期望生成时刻;以及获取第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示期望的包时延预算PDB,所述PDB为所述第一数据从所述第一终端到第二终端的传输延迟的时间上界。处理单元620用于:根据所述第一信息和所述第二信息,确定实际的PDB。收发单元610还用于:根据所述实际的PDB发送所述第一数据。When the device 600 is used to implement the functions of the terminal in the above method embodiment, the transceiving unit 610: acquires first information, the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data time; and acquiring second information, where the second information is used to indicate an expected packet delay budget PDB, where the PDB is an upper bound on the time of the transmission delay of the first data from the first terminal to the second terminal . The processing unit 620 is configured to: determine an actual PDB according to the first information and the second information. The transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: send the first data according to the actual PDB.
可选地,所述第一信息包括时间提前量,所述时间提前量是所述实际生成时刻与所述期望生成时刻之间的时间差。处理单元620具体用于:根据所述时间提前量和所述期望的PDB,确定所述实际的PDB。Optionally, the first information includes a time advance, where the time advance is a time difference between the actual generation time and the expected generation time. The processing unit 620 is specifically configured to: determine the actual PDB according to the timing advance and the expected PDB.
可选地,所述第一信息包括第一周期,所述第一周期为所述第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期。处理单元620具体用于:根据所述第一周期和所述期望的PDB,确定所述实际的PDB。Optionally, the first information includes a first cycle, and the first cycle is a data generation cycle or a sending cycle of the service to which the first data belongs. The processing unit 620 is specifically configured to: determine the actual PDB according to the first period and the expected PDB.
可选地,收发单元610还用于:获取第一数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第一信息。收发单元610具体用于:通过所述包头获取所述第一信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: acquire a packet header corresponding to the first data, where the packet header includes the first information. The transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the first information through the packet header.
可选地,收发单元610还用于:获取第二数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第一信息。收发单元610具体用于:通过所述包头获取所述第一信息。其中,所述第一终端获取到所述第二数据的时刻早于所述第一终端获取到所述第一数据的时刻。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: acquire a packet header corresponding to the second data, where the packet header includes the first information. The transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the first information through the packet header. Wherein, the time when the first terminal obtains the second data is earlier than the time when the first terminal obtains the first data.
可选地,所述期望的PDB是基于来自核心网设备的配置信息确定的,或者所述期望的PDB是所述第一终端基于业务类型的确定的。Optionally, the expected PDB is determined based on configuration information from a core network device, or the expected PDB is determined by the first terminal based on a service type.
可选地,收发单元610还用于:获取第三信息。处理单元620还用于:根据所述第三信息确定所述第一数据。其中,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:GOP信息、第四信息、或第五信息;所述GOP信息用于指示所述第一数据的产生周期或发送周期;所述第四信息用于指示所述第一数据所属业务的数据的类型;所述第五信息用于指示所述第一数据提前第三数据进行编码,所述第三数据为在所述第一数据满足第一周期的情况下产生时刻或发送时刻早于所述第一数据的N个相邻数据,所述第一周期为所述第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期,所述N为非负整数;或者,所述第五信息用于指示所述N的数值。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: acquire third information. The processing unit 620 is further configured to: determine the first data according to the third information. Wherein, the third information includes at least one of the following information: GOP information, fourth information, or fifth information; the GOP information is used to indicate the generation period or transmission period of the first data; the fourth The information is used to indicate the data type of the service to which the first data belongs; the fifth information is used to indicate that the first data is encoded in advance of the third data, and the third data is when the first data satisfies the first data. In the case of one period, the generation time or transmission time is earlier than N adjacent data of the first data, the first period is the generation period or transmission period of the data of the business to which the first data belongs, and the N is a non-negative integer; or, the fifth information is used to indicate the value of N.
可选地,收发单元610还用于:获取所述第一数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第三信息。收发单元610具体用于:通过所述包头获取所述第三信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: acquire a packet header corresponding to the first data, where the packet header includes the third information. The transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the third information through the packet header.
可选地,收发单元610还用于:获取第二数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第三信息。收发单元610具体用于:通过所述包头获取所述第三信息。其中,所述第一终端获取到所述第二数据的时刻早于所述第一终端获取到所述第一数据的时刻。Optionally, the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: acquire a packet header corresponding to the second data, where the packet header includes the third information. The transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the third information through the packet header. Wherein, the time when the first terminal obtains the second data is earlier than the time when the first terminal obtains the first data.
可选地,收发单元610还用于:获取第六信息,所述第六信息用于指示所述第一终端检测所述第一信息,或者所述第六信息用于指示进行了提前编码或服务器开启了提前编码功能。Optionally, the transceiver unit 610 is further configured to: acquire sixth information, where the sixth information is used to instruct the first terminal to detect the first information, or the sixth information is used to indicate that advance coding or The server has enabled the ahead-of-time encoding function.
可选地,所述第六信息用于指示所述第一终端检测所述第一信息,收发单元610还用于:获取第二数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第六信息。收发单元610具体用于:通过所述包头获取所述第六信息。其中,所述第一终端发送所述第二数据的时刻早于所述第一终端发送所述第一数据的时刻。Optionally, the sixth information is used to instruct the first terminal to detect the first information, and the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: acquire a header corresponding to the second data, where the header includes the sixth information. The transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the sixth information through the packet header. Wherein, the moment when the first terminal sends the second data is earlier than the moment when the first terminal sends the first data.
可选地,所述第六信息用于指示进行了提前编码或服务器开启了提前编码功能,收发单元610还用于:所述第一终端获取所述第一数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第六信息;收发单元610具体用于:通过所述包头获取所述第六信息。Optionally, the sixth information is used to indicate that the advance encoding has been performed or the server has enabled the advance encoding function, and the transceiving unit 610 is further configured to: the first terminal acquires a header corresponding to the first data, and the header includes The sixth information; the transceiving unit 610 is specifically configured to: obtain the sixth information through the packet header.
可选地,所述包头为应用层包头。Optionally, the header is an application layer header.
关于上述收发单元610和处理单元620更详细的描述,可参考上述方法实施例中的相关描述,在此不再说明。For a more detailed description of the foregoing transceiver unit 610 and the processing unit 620, reference may be made to relevant descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments, and no further description is given here.
如图10示,装置700包括处理器710和接口电路720。处理器710和接口电路720之间相互耦合。可以理解的是,接口电路720可以为收发器或输入输出接口。可选地,装置700还可以包括存储器730,用于存储处理器710执行的指令或存储处理器710运行指令所需要的输入数据或存储处理器710运行指令后产生的数据。当装置700用于实现上文所述的方法时,处理器710用于实现上述处理单元620的功能,接口电路720用于实现上述收发单元610的功能。As shown in FIG. 10 , the device 700 includes a processor 710 and an interface circuit 720 . The processor 710 and the interface circuit 720 are coupled to each other. It can be understood that the interface circuit 720 may be a transceiver or an input-output interface. Optionally, the device 700 may further include a memory 730 for storing instructions executed by the processor 710, or storing input data required by the processor 710 to execute the instructions, or storing data generated by the processor 710 after executing the instructions. When the apparatus 700 is used to implement the method described above, the processor 710 is used to implement the functions of the processing unit 620 , and the interface circuit 720 is used to implement the functions of the transceiver unit 610 .
当装置700为应用于接入网设备的芯片时,该芯片实现上述方法实施例中接入网设备的功能。该芯片从接入网设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他装置发送给接入网设备的;或者,该芯片向接入网设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是接入网设备发送给其他装置的。When the apparatus 700 is a chip applied to access network equipment, the chip implements the functions of the access network equipment in the foregoing method embodiments. The chip receives information from other modules in the access network equipment (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information is sent to the access network equipment by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules in the access network equipment (such as radio frequency module or antenna) to send information that is sent by the access network equipment to other devices.
当装置700为应用于UPF的芯片时,该芯片实现上述方法实施例中UPF的功能。该芯片从UPF中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他装置发送给UPF的;或者,该芯片向UPF中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是UPF发送给其他装置的。When the device 700 is a chip applied to the UPF, the chip implements the functions of the UPF in the foregoing method embodiments. The chip receives information from other modules in the UPF (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information is sent to the UPF by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules in the UPF (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information It is sent by UPF to other devices.
当装置700为应用于服务器的芯片时,该芯片实现上述方法实施例中服务器的功能。该芯片从服务器中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他装置发送给服务器的;或者,该芯片向服务器中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是服务器发送给其他装置的。When the device 700 is a chip applied to a server, the chip implements the functions of the server in the foregoing method embodiments. The chip receives information from other modules in the server (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information is sent to the server by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules in the server (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information is sent by the server to other devices.
当装置700为应用于终端的芯片时,该芯片实现上述方法实施例中终端的功能。该芯片从终端中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他装置发送给终端的;或者,该芯片向终端中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是终端发送给其他装置的。When the device 700 is a chip applied to a terminal, the chip implements the functions of the terminal in the foregoing method embodiments. The chip receives information from other modules in the terminal (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information is sent to the terminal by other devices; or, the chip sends information to other modules in the terminal (such as radio frequency modules or antennas), and the information It is sent by the terminal to other devices.
本申请还提供一种通信装置,包括处理器,该处理器与存储器耦合,存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令和/或数据,处理器用于执行存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,或读取存储器存储的数据,以执行上文各方法实施例中的方法。可选地,处理器为一个或多个。可选地,该通信装置包括存储器。可选地,存储器为一个或多个。可选地,该存储器与该处理器集成在一起,或者分离设置。The present application also provides a communication device, including a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions and/or data, and the processor is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, or read the memory stored in the memory. data to execute the methods in the above method embodiments. Optionally, there are one or more processors. Optionally, the communication device includes memory. Optionally, there are one or more memories. Optionally, the memory is integrated with the processor, or is set separately.
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有用于实现上述各方法实施例中由接入网设备、UPF、服务器或终端执行的方法的计算机指令。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, on which computer instructions for implementing the methods executed by the access network device, UPF, server, or terminal in the foregoing method embodiments are stored.
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,包含指令,该指令被计算机执行时以实现上述各方法实施例中由接入网设备、UPF、服务器或终端执行的方法。The present application also provides a computer program product, including instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a computer, the methods executed by the access network device, UPF, server, or terminal in the foregoing method embodiments are implemented.
本申请还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上文各实施例中的接入网设备、UPF、服务器或终端。The present application also provides a communication system, which includes the access network device, UPF, server or terminal in the above embodiments.
上述提供的任一种装置中相关内容的解释及有益效果均可参考上文提供的对应的方法实施例,此处不再赘述。For explanations and beneficial effects of relevant content in any of the devices provided above, reference may be made to the corresponding method embodiments provided above, and details are not repeated here.
可以理解的是,本申请的实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),还可以是其它通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件,硬件部件 或者其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器,也可以是任何常规的处理器。It can be understood that the processor in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and may also be other general processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), application specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. A general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor, or any conventional processor.
本申请的实施例中的方法步骤可以通过硬件的方式来实现,也可以由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器、闪存、只读存储器、可编程只读存储器、可擦除可编程只读存储器、电可擦除可编程只读存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于接入网设备、UPF、服务器或终端中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于接入网设备、UPF、服务器或终端中。The method steps in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by means of hardware, or may be implemented by means of a processor executing software instructions. Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and software modules can be stored in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable read-only Memory, registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium known in the art. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium may also be a component of the processor. The processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC. In addition, the ASIC can be located in the access network device, UPF, server or terminal. Certainly, the processor and the storage medium may also exist as discrete components in the access network device, UPF, server or terminal.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序或指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序或指令时,全部或部分地执行本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其它可编程装置。所述计算机程序或指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机程序或指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线或无线方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是集成一个或多个可用介质的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带;也可以是光介质,例如,数字视频光盘;还可以是半导体介质,例如,固态硬盘。In the above embodiments, all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product comprises one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are executed in whole or in part. The computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment, or other programmable devices. The computer program or instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer program or instructions may be downloaded from a website, computer, A server or data center transmits to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired or wireless means. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrating one or more available media. The available medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape; it may also be an optical medium, such as a digital video disk; or it may be a semiconductor medium, such as a solid state disk.
在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In each embodiment of the present application, if there is no special explanation and logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be referred to each other, and the technical features in different embodiments are based on their inherent Logical relationships can be combined to form new embodiments.
可以理解的是,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定。It can be understood that the various numbers involved in the embodiments of the present application are only for convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The size of the serial numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic.
除非另有说明,本申请实施例所使用的所有技术和科学术语与本申请的技术领域的技术人员通常理解的含义相同。本申请中所使用的术语只是为了描述具体的实施例的目的,不是旨在限制本申请的范围。应理解,上述为举例说明,上文的例子仅仅是为了帮助本领域技术人员理解本申请实施例,而非要将申请实施例限制于所示例的具体数值或具体场景。本领域技术人员根据上文所给出的例子,显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化,这样的修改和变化也落入本申请实施例的范围内。Unless otherwise specified, all technical and scientific terms used in the embodiments of the present application have the same meaning as commonly understood by those skilled in the technical field of the present application. The terms used in the present application are only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present application. It should be understood that the foregoing is an illustration, and the foregoing examples are only intended to help those skilled in the art understand the embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to limit the embodiments of the present application to the illustrated specific values or specific scenarios. Those skilled in the art can obviously make various equivalent modifications or changes based on the examples given above, and such modifications and changes also fall within the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (27)

  1. 一种传输数据的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for transmitting data, characterized in that the method comprises:
    第一设备获取第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示第一数据的实际生成时刻早于所述第一数据的期望生成时刻;The first device acquires first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data;
    所述第一设备获取第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示期望的包时延预算PDB,所述PDB为所述第一数据从所述第一设备或所述第一设备对应的用户面功能网元UPF到第二设备的传输延迟的时间上界;The first device acquires second information, where the second information is used to indicate an expected packet delay budget PDB, where the PDB is the first data from the first device or the user corresponding to the first device The time upper bound of the transmission delay from the surface functional network element UPF to the second device;
    所述第一设备根据所述第一信息和所述第二信息,确定实际的PDB;The first device determines an actual PDB according to the first information and the second information;
    所述第一设备根据所述实际的PDB发送所述第一数据。The first device sends the first data according to the actual PDB.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 1, characterized in that,
    所述第一信息包括时间提前量,所述时间提前量是所述实际生成时刻与所述期望生成时刻之间的时间差;The first information includes a timing advance, and the timing advance is a time difference between the actual generation moment and the expected generation moment;
    所述第一设备根据所述第一信息和所述第二信息,确定实际的PDB,包括:The first device determines the actual PDB according to the first information and the second information, including:
    所述第一设备根据所述时间提前量和所述期望的PDB,确定所述实际的PDB。The first device determines the actual PDB according to the timing advance and the expected PDB.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述第一设备获取第一数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第一信息;The first device acquires a header corresponding to the first data, where the header includes the first information;
    所述第一设备获取第一信息,包括:The first device acquires first information, including:
    所述第一设备通过所述包头获取所述第一信息。The first device acquires the first information through the packet header.
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述第一设备获取第二数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第一信息;The first device acquires a packet header corresponding to the second data, where the packet header includes the first information;
    所述第一设备获取第一信息,包括:The first device acquires first information, including:
    所述第一设备通过所述包头获取所述第一信息;The first device obtains the first information through the packet header;
    其中,所述第一设备获取到所述第二数据的时刻早于所述第一设备获取到所述第一数据的时刻。Wherein, the moment when the first device acquires the second data is earlier than the moment when the first device acquires the first data.
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 3 or 4, characterized in that,
    所述包头包括通用封包无线服务隧道协议-用户面GTP-U包头,所述第一信息承载于所述GTP-U包头中。The header includes a General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol-User Plane GTP-U header, and the first information is carried in the GTP-U header.
  6. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备获取第一信息,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the acquiring the first information by the first device comprises:
    所述第一设备通过协议数据单元PDU会话建立过程中的控制面信令或PDU会话修改过程中的控制面信令获取所述第一信息。The first device acquires the first information through control plane signaling in a protocol data unit PDU session establishment process or control plane signaling in a PDU session modification process.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that,
    所述期望的PDB是基于来自核心网设备的配置信息确定的,或者所述期望的PDB是基于第一数据所属业务的类型确定。The expected PDB is determined based on configuration information from the core network device, or the expected PDB is determined based on the type of service to which the first data belongs.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, further comprising:
    所述第一设备获取第三信息;The first device acquires third information;
    所述第一设备根据所述第三信息确定所述第一数据;The first device determines the first data according to the third information;
    其中,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:图像群组GOP信息、第四信息、 或第五信息;Wherein, the third information includes at least one of the following information: group of pictures GOP information, fourth information, or fifth information;
    所述GOP信息用于指示所述第一数据的产生周期或发送周期;The GOP information is used to indicate the generation period or transmission period of the first data;
    所述第四信息用于指示所述第一数据所属业务的数据的类型;The fourth information is used to indicate the data type of the service to which the first data belongs;
    所述第五信息用于指示所述第一数据提前第三数据进行编码,所述第三数据为在所述第一数据满足第一周期的情况下在产生时刻或发送时刻早于所述第一数据的N个相邻数据,所述第一周期为所述第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期,所述N为非负整数;或者,所述第五信息用于指示所述N的数值。The fifth information is used to indicate that the first data is encoded in advance of the third data, and the third data is earlier than the first data at the time of generation or transmission when the first data satisfies the first period. For N adjacent data of one piece of data, the first period is the generation period or transmission period of the data of the service to which the first data belongs, and the N is a non-negative integer; or, the fifth information is used to indicate The numerical value of N.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 8, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述第一设备获取第一数据对应的包头,所述包头包括所述第三信息;The first device acquires a header corresponding to the first data, where the header includes the third information;
    所述第一设备获取第三信息,包括:The first device acquires third information, including:
    所述第一设备通过所述包头获取所述第三信息。The first device obtains the third information through the packet header.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 9, characterized in that,
    所述包头包括通用封包无线服务隧道协议-用户面GTP-U包头,所述第三信息承载于所述GTP-U包头中。The header includes a General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol-User Plane GTP-U header, and the third information is carried in the GTP-U header.
  11. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备获取第三信息,包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the acquiring the third information by the first device comprises:
    所述第一设备通过协议数据单元PDU会话建立过程中的控制面信令或PDU会话修改过程中的控制面信令获取所述第三信息。The first device obtains the third information through control plane signaling in a protocol data unit PDU session establishment process or control plane signaling in a PDU session modification process.
  12. 根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, characterized in that
    所述第一设备为接入网设备,所述第二设备为终端;或者,The first device is an access network device, and the second device is a terminal; or,
    所述第一设备为第一终端,所述第二设备为第二终端。The first device is a first terminal, and the second device is a second terminal.
  13. 一种传输数据的方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for transmitting data, characterized in that the method comprises:
    用户面功能网元UPF接收第一数据和第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一数据的实际生成时刻早于所述第一数据的期望生成时刻;The user plane functional network element UPF receives first data and first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the actual generation time of the first data is earlier than the expected generation time of the first data;
    所述UPF发送所述第一数据和所述第一信息。The UPF sends the first data and the first information.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 13, characterized in that,
    所述第一信息包括时间提前量,所述时间提前量是所述实际生成时刻与所述期望生成时刻之间的时间差。The first information includes a timing advance, and the timing advance is a time difference between the actual generation moment and the expected generation moment.
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UPF发送所述第一信息,包括:The method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the sending of the first information by the UPF includes:
    所述UPF通过所述第一数据对应的包头发送所述第一信息。The UPF sends the first information through a packet header corresponding to the first data.
  16. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UPF发送所述第一信息,包括:The method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the sending of the first information by the UPF includes:
    所述UPF通过第二数据对应的包头发送所述第一信息,所述UPF接收到所述第二数据的时刻早于所述UPF接收到所述第一数据的时刻。The UPF sends the first information through a packet header corresponding to the second data, and the time when the UPF receives the second data is earlier than the time when the UPF receives the first data.
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 15 or 16, characterized in that,
    所述包头包括通用封包无线服务隧道协议-用户面GTP-U包头,所述第一信息承载于所述GTP-U包头中。The header includes a General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol-User Plane GTP-U header, and the first information is carried in the GTP-U header.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 17, characterized in that,
    所述UPF接收第一信息,包括:所述UPF接收所述第一数据的应用层包头,所述第 一信息承载于所述应用层包头中;The UPF receiving the first information includes: the UPF receiving the application layer header of the first data, and the first information is carried in the application layer header;
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    所述UPF从所述应用层包头获取所述第一信息;The UPF obtains the first information from the application layer header;
    所述UPF将所述第一信息编码至所述GTP-U包头中。The UPF encodes the first information into the GTP-U packet header.
  19. 根据权利要求13至18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 18, further comprising:
    所述UPF接收第三信息;The UPF receives third information;
    所述UPF发送所述第三信息;The UPF sends the third information;
    其中,所述第三信息包括以下信息中的至少一个:图像群组GOP信息、第四信息、或第五信息;Wherein, the third information includes at least one of the following information: group of pictures GOP information, fourth information, or fifth information;
    所述GOP信息用于指示所述第一数据的产生周期或发送周期;The GOP information is used to indicate the generation period or transmission period of the first data;
    所述第四信息用于指示所述第一数据所属业务的数据的类型;The fourth information is used to indicate the data type of the service to which the first data belongs;
    所述第五信息用于指示所述第一数据提前第三数据进行编码,所述第三数据为在所述第一数据满足第一周期的情况下产生时刻或发送时刻早于所述第一数据的N个相邻数据,所述第一周期为所述第一数据所属的业务的数据的产生周期或发送周期,所述N为非负整数;或者,所述第五信息用于指示所述N的数值。The fifth information is used to indicate that the first data is encoded in advance of the third data, and the third data is generated or sent earlier than the first data when the first data satisfies the first period. For N adjacent data of data, the first period is the generation period or transmission period of the data of the service to which the first data belongs, and the N is a non-negative integer; or, the fifth information is used to indicate the State the value of N.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UPF发送所述第三信息,包括:The method according to claim 19, wherein the sending of the third information by the UPF includes:
    所述UPF通过所述第一数据对应的包头发送所述第三信息。The UPF sends the third information through a packet header corresponding to the first data.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 20, wherein
    所述包头包括通用封包无线服务隧道协议-用户面GTP-U包头,所述第三信息承载于所述GTP-U包头中。The header includes a General Packet Radio Service Tunneling Protocol-User Plane GTP-U header, and the third information is carried in the GTP-U header.
  22. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    处理器,用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至12中任一项所述的方法,或者执行如权利要求13至21中任一项所述的方法。A processor configured to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the device performs the method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, or performs the method according to any one of claims 13 to 21 .
  23. 根据权利要求21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括所述存储器。The apparatus of claim 21, further comprising the memory.
  24. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至12中任一项所述的方法,或者执行如权利要求13至21中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer executes any one of claims 1 to 12. The method described in claim 13, or perform the method as described in any one of claims 13 to 21.
  25. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括用于执行如权利要求1至12中任一项所述的方法的指令,或者包括执行如权利要求13至21中任一项所述的方法的指令。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes instructions for executing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, or includes instructions for executing the method according to any one of claims 13 to 21 Instructions for the method described above.
  26. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括:第一设备;A communication system, characterized by comprising: a first device;
    所述第一设备用于执行如权利要求1至12中任一项所述的方法。The first device is configured to perform the method according to any one of claims 1-12.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的通信系统,其特征在于,所述通信系统还包括:用户面功能网元UPF;The communication system according to claim 26, further comprising: a user plane function network element UPF;
    所述UPF,用于执行如权利要求12至20中任一项所述的方法。The UPF is configured to execute the method according to any one of claims 12-20.
PCT/CN2022/138341 2021-12-17 2022-12-12 Data transmission method and communication apparatus WO2023109743A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111551413 2021-12-17
CN202111551413.5 2021-12-17
CN202210146439.XA CN116321475A (en) 2021-12-17 2022-02-17 Method and communication device for transmitting data
CN202210146439.X 2022-02-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023109743A1 true WO2023109743A1 (en) 2023-06-22

Family

ID=86774908

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/138341 WO2023109743A1 (en) 2021-12-17 2022-12-12 Data transmission method and communication apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023109743A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011124014A1 (en) * 2010-04-06 2011-10-13 上海贝尔股份有限公司 Method, equipment and node for determining and adjusting aim packet delays of link subsections
CN110351201A (en) * 2018-04-04 2019-10-18 华为技术有限公司 A kind of data processing method and device
CN112752297A (en) * 2019-10-31 2021-05-04 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN113630816A (en) * 2020-05-06 2021-11-09 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and device
CN113766567A (en) * 2020-06-05 2021-12-07 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011124014A1 (en) * 2010-04-06 2011-10-13 上海贝尔股份有限公司 Method, equipment and node for determining and adjusting aim packet delays of link subsections
CN110351201A (en) * 2018-04-04 2019-10-18 华为技术有限公司 A kind of data processing method and device
CN112752297A (en) * 2019-10-31 2021-05-04 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN113630816A (en) * 2020-05-06 2021-11-09 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and device
CN113766567A (en) * 2020-06-05 2021-12-07 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NOKIA, NOKIA SHANGHAI BELL: "Delay budget for TSN", SA WG2 MEETING #134 S2-1907534, 18 June 2019 (2019-06-18), XP051752493 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6907444B2 (en) Data transmission methods, communication devices, terminals, and base stations
WO2021259112A1 (en) Service transmission method and apparatus
US11968565B2 (en) User plane information reporting method and apparatus
WO2021244218A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20230231787A1 (en) Communication method and an apparatus
WO2023143177A1 (en) Communication methods and communication apparatuses
WO2023088009A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication apparatus
US20230050923A1 (en) Media packet transmission method, apparatus, and system
WO2023109743A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2023087145A1 (en) Methods and apparatuses for pdcp reordering management
WO2021218593A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
KR102179212B1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting control information
CN116321475A (en) Method and communication device for transmitting data
WO2024055871A1 (en) Data transmission method in communication system, and communication apparatus
WO2023070392A1 (en) Data transmission method, device, and storage medium
US20240031870A1 (en) Media data transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2023185608A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2023108413A1 (en) Method and apparatus of reporting buffer status
WO2023142774A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2024067374A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
EP4120732A1 (en) Media packet transmission method, apparatus, and system
US11917206B2 (en) Video codec aware radio access network configuration and unequal error protection coding
WO2022143149A1 (en) Service transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2022056863A1 (en) Switching method and apparatus
EP4274189A2 (en) Packet validity time enhancement for quality of service flows

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22906488

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1